巴利语辭典

诸大德合编

Tāsaniya: {'def': '(adj.) to be dreaded, dreadful, fearful Miln.149. (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāseti: {'def': '(tasati 的【使】), 使战栗，惊吓，使陷于苦境。【过】 tāsesi。【过分】 tāsita。【现分】 tāsenta, tāsayamāna。【独】 tāsetvā。(p145)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(tasati 的【使】), 使战栗，惊吓，使陷於苦境。【过】tāsesi。【过分】tāsita。【现分】tāsenta, tāsayamāna。【独】tāsetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Tāta: {'def': '(Vedic tāta),【阳】亲爱的(用於亲切、友善地称呼长辈或晚辈包括：父亲，儿子，大臣，比丘)。(Voc. sg. tāta。(pl. tātā))。amma tāta﹐妈咪和爹地(mammy & daddy)。Asantā kira maṁ jammā, tāta tātāti bhāsare;, 叫爸、爸。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 父亲。 2. 儿子。（使用这个词来称呼大小辈以表达亲切感）。(p144)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Vedic tāta, Gr. tάta & tέtta, Lat. tata, Ger. tate, E. dad(dy); onomat.] father; usually in Voc. sg. tāta (and pl. tātā) used as term of affectionate, friendly or respectful address to one or more persons, both younger & older than the speaker, superior or inferior. As father (perhaps=tātā, see next) at Th.2, 423, 424 (+ammā). tāta (sg.) in addr. one: J.III,54; IV,281 (amma tāta mammy & daddy) DhA.II,48 (=father); III,196 (id.); PvA.41 (=father), 73 (a son), 74 (a minister); J.I,179 (id.); Miln.15, 16, 17 (a bhikkhu or thera), in addr. several Vin.I,249; J.II,133; PvA.50. tātā (pl.) J.I,166; 263; IV,138. (Page 299)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tātar: {'def': '(from Vedic trā, n. ag. to trāyati to protect)﹐ 保护者(protector, saviour, helper. For meaning “father” see tāta & cp. pitā=tāyitā.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[from Vedic trā, n. ag. to trāyati to protect] protector, saviour, helper DA.I,229. For meaning “father” see tāta & cp. pitā=tāyitā at J.I,412. (Page 299)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāva: {'def': '(adv.) [Sk. tāvat] so much, so long; usually correl. with yāva how long, how much; in all meanings to be understood out of elliptical application of this correlation. Thus I. yāva-tāva as long as: yāva dve janā avasiṭṭhā ahesuṁ tāva aññamaññaṁ ghātayiṁsu J.I, 254; yāva dukkhā nirayā idha tattha pi tāva ciraṁ vasitabbaṁ Sn.678. Neg. na tāva-yāva na not until: M.I,428; S.V,261; A.I,141≈(na t. kālaṁ karoti yāva na taṁ pāpakammaṁ byantihoti he does not die until his evil kamma is exhausted). II. Elliptical: 1. temporal: so long as, for the time (tāvakālikaṁ=yāvak°tāvak°; see below). -- 2. comparative: (such-) as, like, so, such, just so, rather, in such a degree, even; tāvabahuṁ suvaṇṇaṁ so much gold Vin.I,209; t.-mahanto so much J.I,207; t. madhuraphala with such sweet fruit J.II,105; asītiyā tāva kimi-kulānaṁ sādhāraṇa (of the body) or rather, i. e. Vism.235; vatthāni t. devapātubhūtāni PvA.44; paṭhamaṁ t. (even) at once, right away PvA.113, 132; gilānāya t. ayaṁ etissā rūpasobhā even in sickness she is so beautiful VvA.76; parittakassa kusalakammassa t.=quidem PvA.51; paṁsukūlikaṅgaṁ t. in the first place Vism. 62. -- 3. concessive: (a) (absol.) as far as it goes, considering, because: yadi evaṁ pitā tāva purisabhāve na rodati, mātu nāma hadayaṁ mudukaṁ “even if the father as man does not weep, surely,” &c., PvA.63. -- (b) with imper. in expr. like gaccha tāva go as long as you like (to go) (=gaccha tāva yāva gaccheyyāsi), i. e. if you like, cp. Ger. geh’immer; passa tāva just look=Lat. licet. Therefore sometimes=please or simply an emphatic imper. as “do go,” etc. J.II,5 (ete t. aguṇā hontu let them be faulty), 133 (ehi t.), 352 (tiṭṭha t. leave off please), III,53 (pāto va t. hotu only let it be to-morrow, i. e. wait tillt-m.); IV,2 taṁ t. me detha give me this though); VvA.289 (vīmaṁsatha t. just think); PvA.4 (t. ayyo āgametu yāvâyaṁ puriso pānīyaṁ pivissati may your honour wait till this man shall have drunk the water), 13 (therā t. gacchantu). With prohibitive: mā tāva ito agā please do not go from here Pv.II,3²². -- 4. hortative, with 1st pers. fut. equal to imperative-subjunctive or injunctive, cp. 3 (b): let me, well, now, then (cp. Lat. age in dic age, etc.). J.I,62 (puttaṁ t. passissāmi please let me see the son), 263 (vīmaṁsissāmi t. let me think), 265 (nahāyissāmi t. just let me bathe). ‹-› III, In other combinations: tāva-na although-yet= not even: ajjā pi t. me balaṁ na passasi not even to-day have you yet seen my full strength J.I,207; t. mahādhanassāmī na me dātuṁ piyaṁ ahu although lord of wealth yet I did not like to give Pv.II,7⁶. na-tāva (or tāva in neg. sentence) not yet, not even, not so much as (=Lat. ne-quidem) Pv.II,11² (na ca tāva khīyati does not even diminish a bit); PvA.117 (attano kenaci anabhibhavanīyataṁ eva tāva: that he is not to be overpowered, even by anyone). tāva-d-eva just now, instantly, on the spot, at once Sn.30; J.I,61, 151; IV,2; Pv.II,8⁹ (=tadā eva PvA.109); PvA.23, 46, 74, 88, etc. tāvade (=tāva-d-eva) for all times Pv IV.3³⁸ (=PvA.255).

--kālika (adj.) “as long as the time lasts,” i. e. for the time being, temporary, pro tempore Vin.II,174; III,66; IV,286; J.I,121, 393; Vism.95; ThA.288; PvA.87 (=na sassata). (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Sk. tāvat),【无】这么多，这么长，首先，先说，直到，至於(so much, so long)。tāvakālika,【形】暂时的，临时的。tāvataka,【形】仅仅这么多，仅仅这么长。yāva-tāva, yāva…tāva, 在…期间，只要(as long as)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【无】这么多，这么长，直到，至于。 ~kālika, 【形】暂时的，临时的。 ~taka, 【形】仅仅这么多，仅仅这么长。(p145)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tāvade: {'def': 'tāvadeva,【无】那时，在那个时候，立即地。Mv.I,42.︰Eseva dhammo yadi tāvadeva, paccabyattha padamasokaṁ.(若这确实是(正)法，你已经贯通无忧处。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'tāvadeva, 【无】那时，在那个时候，立即地。(p145)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tāvata: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. tāva] lit. “so-much-ness,” i. e. relative extent or sphere, relatively Vism.481, 482. (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāvataka: {'def': '(adj.) [der. fr. tāva] just so much or just so long (viz. as the situation requires), with (or ellipt. without) a corresp. yāvataka Vin.I,83 (yāvatake-t. as many as): D.II,18 (yāvatakv’assa kāyo tāvatakv’assa vyāmo as tall as is his body so far can he stretch his arms: the 19th sign of a Mahāpurisa); Instr. as adv. tāvatakena after a little time Miln.107; DhA.III,61. -- See also tattaka (contracted of tāvataka). (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāvatiŋsa: {'def': '【阳】忉利天，三十三天（天堂的名字）。 ~bhavana, 【中】三十三天神的王国。(p145)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tāvatiṁsa: {'def': '(梵trāyastriṃwat),【阳】忉利天，三十三天(天名)。tāvatiṁsabhavana,【中】三十三天神的王国。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '三十三天，忉利天，怛唎耶怛唎奢', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '[tayo+tiṁsa. Cp. Vedic trayastriṁśat] No. 33, only in cpds. denoting the 33 gods, whose chief is Sakka, while the numeral 33 is always tettiṁsa. This number occurs already in the Vedas with ref. to the gods & is also found in Zend-Avesta (see Haug, Language & Writings, etc., pp. 275, 276). The early Buddhists, though they took over the number 33, rejected the superstitious beliefs in the magical influence and mystic meaning of that & other simple numbers. And they altered the tradition. The king of the gods had been Indra, of disreputable character from the Buddhist point of view. Him they deposed, and invented a new god named Sakka, the opposite in every way to Indra (see for details Dial. II.294--298). Good Buddhists, after death in this world, are reborn in heaven (sagga), by which is meant the realm of the Thirty-three (D.II,209). There they are welcomed by the Thirtythree with a song of triumph (D.II,209, 211, 221, 227). The Thirty-three are represented as being quite good Buddhists. Sakka their new chief and Brahmā address them in discourses suitable only for followers of the new movement (D.II,213, 221). See further Vin.I,12; M.I,252; II,78; III,100; A.III,287; IV,396=VvA.18 (cp^d with the people of Jambudīpa); V,59, 331, Vism.225, etc. -- See also tidasa.

--devaloka the god-world of the 33; freq. e. g. J.I,202; Vism.399; DhA.III,8; --bhavana the realm of the 33 gods J.I,202; Vism.207 sq., 390, 416, and passim. (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāvatiṁsa-parisā: {'def': 'f.三十三天会，忉利天众［八众の一］', 'xr': '《パーリ语辞典增补改订》日本水野弘元教授词数 1867.'}

Tāvatiṃsa: {'def': "'the Thirty-thrce (Gods)', a class of heavenly beings in the sensuous sphere; s. deva (I).", 'xr': '《Buddhist Dictionary》 by NYANATILOKA MAHATHERA'}; {'def': '三十三天。古音译忉利天。此天之主称沙咖天帝。', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Tāvatā: {'def': '【副】这么长，为了那个缘故，以那样多。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adv.) [from tāva] 1. so long (corr. to yāva) Dpvs.IV,17. -- 2. on that account, thus D.I,104 (v. l. ettāvatā); Dh.266. (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【副】这么长，为了那个缘故，以那样多。(p145)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tāyana: {'def': '【中】保护。(p144)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】保护，保护所。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Tāyati: {'def': '(tā + ya), 保护，保存，滋养。【过】 tāyi。【过分】tāyita。【独】 tāyitvā。【不】 tāyituŋ。(p144)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Sk. trāyate & trāte, connected with *ter in tarati, orig. to see through, to save, cp. tāṇa, etc.] to shelter, protect, preserve, guard; bring up, nourish S.IV,246 (rūpa-balaṁ, bhoga°, ñāti°, putta°); J.IV,387; Sn.579 (paralokato na pitā tāyate puttaṁ ñātī vā pana ñātake); PvA.7 (khettaṁ tāyati bījaṁ). (Page 299)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(tā +ya), 保护，保存，滋养。【过】tāyi。【过分】tāyita。【独】tāyitvā。【不】tāyituṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Tāyitar: {'def': '[n. ag. from tāyati] one who protects, shelters or guards J.I,412 (in expl. of tāṇa, q. v.). (Page 299)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāḷa: {'def': '² (nt.) [Sk. tālaka=tāḍa AvŚ II.56, tāḍaka Divy 577] a key (orig. a “knocker”?) Vin.II,148 (3 kinds: loha°, kaṭṭha°, visāṇa°); Bdhd 1.

--cchiggala a key-hole S.IV,290; V,453; Vism.500. --cchidda id. Vin.II,120, 148, 153 (all tāla°); III,118; DhA.III,8 (l). (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ [taḍ, cp. Sk. tāla a blow, or musical time; tālīyaka cymbal] beating, striking, the thing beaten or struck, i. e. a musical instrument which is beaten, an Instr. of percussion, as a cymbal, gong, or tambourine (for tāḷa= gong cp. thāla): (a) gong, etc. J.I,3; VI,60; Th.1, 893; DA.I,85; DhsA.319 (kaṁsa°). -- (b) music in general DhA.IV,67.

--âvacara musical time or measure, music, a musician D.II,159 (v. l. tāla°); J.I,60 (l); IV,41; VvA.257 (°parivuta, of an angel). (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】钥匙，铙钹(cymbal)，(大体上)音乐。tāḷacchidda, tāḷacchiggla,【中】锁眼。tāḷavacara,【中】音乐。【阳】音乐家。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】钥匙，铙钹，（大体上）音乐。 ~cchidda, ~cchiggla, 【中】锁眼。 ~avacara, 【中】音乐。【阳】音乐家。(p145)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tāḷana: {'def': '【中】打，敲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】打，敲。(p145)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tāḷeti: {'def': '(tal +e), 袭击，打，鞭打。【过】tāḷesi。【过分】tāḷita。【现分】tāḷenta。【独】tāḷetvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(tal + e), 袭击，打，鞭打。【过】 tāḷesi。【过分】 tāḷita。【现分】 tāḷenta。【独】 tāḷetvā。(p145)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Sk. tāḍayati, taḍ perhaps=tud] to strike a blow, flog, beat, esp. freq. in phrase kasāhi tāḷeti to flog with whips, etc. (in list of punishments, see kasā) M.I,87; A.II,122; Nd² 604; PvA.4, etc. -- ppr. pass. taḍḍamāna (for *tāḍyamāna) J.VI,60 (so read for taddamāna; Com poṭhīyamāna). -- pp. tāḷita J.VI,60 (turiya°); Vv 62¹ (id.); Sdhp.80. Cp. abhi°. (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāḷī: {'def': '(f.) a strike, a blow, in urattāḷiṁ karoti to strike one’s chest (as a sign of grief) PvA.39, etc. (see ura). (Page 300)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāṇa: {'def': '【中】保护，避难所，庇护所。 ~tā, 【阴】保护。(p144)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】保护，避难所，庇护所。tāṇatā,【阴】保护。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [from Vedic root trā, variation of *ter in tarati. Orig. bringing or seeing through] shelter, protection, refuge, esp. as tt. of shelter & peace offered by the Dhamma. Mostly in combⁿ with leṇa & saraṇa (also dīpa & abhaya), in var. contexts, esp. with ref. to Nibbāna (see Nd² s. v.): D.I,95 (°ṁ, etc. gavesin seeking refuge); A.I,155; S.IV,315 (maṁtāṇa, etc. adj. protected by me, in my shelter). -- S.I,2, 54, 55, 107 (°ṁ karoti); IV,372 (°gāmī maggo); A.IV,184; Sn.668 (°ṁ upeti); Dh.288; J.I,412 (=protector, expl^d by tāyitā parittāyitā patiṭṭhā); Sdhp.224, 289. Cp. tātar & tāyati. (Page 298)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tāṇatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. of tāṇa] protection, sheltering Dh.288. (Page 299)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tīha: {'def': '(tri+aha),【中】三天的时期(a period of three days, for 3 days)。 dvīhatīhaṁ﹐两三天。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】三天的时期。(p147)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tīhaṁ: {'def': '(adv.) [tri+aha] a period of three days, for 3 days; usually as cpd. dvīhatīhaṁ 2 or 3 days (see dvīha) J.II,103, etc. (Page 304)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tīra: {'def': '【中】岸，河岸。 ~dassī, 【阳】见到岸。(p147)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】岸，河岸。tīradassī,【阳】见到岸。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic tiras from *ter, tarati; orig. the opposite bank, the farther side (of a river or ocean), cp. tittha] a shore, bank Vin.I,1; D.I,222, 244; A.II,29, 50; Dh.85; Sn.672; J.I,212, 222, 279; II,111, 159; Dhs.597; Vbh.71 sq.; Vism.512 (orima°); PvA.142, 152. -- tīra-dassin finding the shore S.III,164; A.III,368. -- a-tīra-dassanī (f.) not seeing the shore (nāvā a ship) J.V,75. (Page 304)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tīraṇa: {'def': '【中】决定，审判。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[from tīreti 2] measurement, judgment, recognition, Nd² 413 (v. l. tir°); Nett 54 (+vipassanā), 82 (≈ñāṇa), 191; Vism.162. -- tīraṇa is one of the 3 pariññās, viz. t°, pahāna°, ñāta-pariññā. See under pariññā. (Page 304)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】决定，审判。(p147)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tīreti: {'def': '[Caus. of tarati] 1. to bring through, to finish, to execute (business), to accomplish: karaṇīyaṁ Miln.7, PvA.203; kiccaṁ PvA.278. -- 2. to measure, judge, recognize, always in formula tūleti tīreti vibhāveti (Nd² tul° tir°, etc.) as interpretation of jānāti; pp. tīrita (Nd² tirita) Ps.II,200; Nd² under ñāta & No. 413. (Page 304)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(tīr + e), 决定，判断，完成，运行。【过】 tīresi。【过分】 tīrita。【现分】 tīrenta, tīrayamāna。【独】 tīretvā。(p147)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(tīr决定+e), 决定，判断，完成，运行。【过】tīresi。【过分】tīrita。【现分】tīrenta, tīrayamāna。【独】tīretvā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Tīriya: {'def': '(adj.) [from tīra] dwelling on the banks of . . . Vin.II,287. (Page 304)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tīvarā: {'def': '(pl.) N. of a people in the time of Buddha Kakusandha S.II,191. (Page 304)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tūla: {'def': '【中】棉花(a tuft of grass, cotton)。tūlapicu,【阳】原棉(cotton-wool)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. tūla, to *teu, Sk. tavīti, to swell or be bushy, cp. Gr. tuλh swelling; Ags. pol peg] a tuft of grass, cotton Vin.II,150 (3 kinds: rukkha°, latā°, poṭaki°); Sn.591=J.IV,127 (vāto tūlaṁ va dhaṁsaye); DA.I,87.

--picu cotton-wool Vism.282, 285, 404; DhA.III,202; KhA 173. --puṇṇikā (“stuffed with tuft of cotton”) a kind of shoe Vin.I,186. (Page 306)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】棉花。 ~picu, 【阳】原棉，棉绒，脱脂棉，药棉。(p148)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tūlikā: {'def': '【阴】画家的刷子，棉床垫。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [der. fr. tūla] a mattress (consisting of layers of grass or wool: tiṇṇaṁ tūlānaṁ aññatara-puṇṇa-tūlikā DA.I,87) Vin.I,192; II,150; D.I,7; A.I,181. (Page 306)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】画家的刷子，棉床垫。(p148)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tūlinī: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. tūlinī] the silk-cotton tree M.I,128. (Page 306)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tūṇa: {'def': 'tūṇīra,【阳】震动。Tūṇira =tūṇī, Vism 251.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'tūṇīra, 【阳】震动。(p148)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Tūṇira: {'def': '=tūṇī, Vism.251. (Page 306)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Tūṇī: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. *tūṇa & tūṇī, to *tḷn: see under tulā; cp. Lat. tollo. On ṇ›l. cp. cikkaṇa & cikkhala, guṇa› guḷa, kiṇi›kili, etc.] a quiver (lit. “carrier”) J.II,403 (dhanuṁ tūṇiñ ca nikkhippa); V,47. (Page 306)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

U: {'def': '巴利文字母表的罗马化拼音第五个元音字母。发音好像汉语中去声的 u。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '巴利文字母表的罗马化拼音第五个母音字母。发音好像汉语中去声的 u。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'the sound or syllable u, expl^d. by Bdhgh at Vism.495 as expressing origin (= ud). (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

U-: {'def': '﹐ud-﹐【字首】上，邪，外。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbadhati: {'def': '[ud + vadhati] to kill, destroy Sn.4 (praet. udabbadhi = ucchindanto vadheti SnA 18). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbaha: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [fr. ud + vṛh, i. e. to ubbahati¹] only in cpd. dur° hard to pull out, difficult to remove Th.1, 124, 495 = 1053. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbahana: {'def': '【中】升高，举止，拉出。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】升高，举止，拉出。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbahati: {'def': '(u出+vah+a), 拉出，取走，升高。ubbahi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [ud + vahati, although possibly same as ubbahati¹, in meaning of uddharati, which has taken up meanings of *udbharati, as well as of *udbṛhati and *udvahati] to carry away, take away, lift (the corn after cutting); only in Caus. II. ubbahāpeti to have the corn harvested Vin II 180 = A.I,241. -- Here belong uddhaṭa and uddharaṇa. Cp. also pavāḷha. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ [ud + bṛh or vṛh, see also uddharati] to pull out, take away, destroy Sn.583 (udabbahe pot. = ubbaheyya dhāreyya SnA 460); Th.1, 158; J.II,223 (udabbahe = udabbaheyya C.); IV,462 (ubbahe); VI,587 (= hareyya C.). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + vah + a), 拉出，取走，升高。 ubbahi,【过】。(p78)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubbandhana: {'def': '【中】勒死，自缢。(p78)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】勒死，自缢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbandhati: {'def': '[ud + bandhati] to hang up, strangle Vin.III,73 (rajjuyā); J.I,504 (id.); III,345; Th.2, 80; Vism.501; VvA.139, 207 (ubbandhitu-kāmā in the intention of hanging herself). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+bandh绑+a), 挂断，勒死。ubbandhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + bandh + a), 挂断，勒死。 ubbandhi, 【过】。(p78)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubbarī: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. urvarā, Av. urvara plant] fertile soil, sown field; fig. woman, wife J VI 473 (= orodha C.). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbasati: {'def': 'see ubbisati. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbattati: {'def': '[ud + vṛt] to go upwards, to rise, swell J.VI,486 (sāgaro ubbatti). See also next. (Page 152)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbatteti: {'def': '(u出+vat+e), 扯掉，令升，使膨胀，转离正道。ubbattesi,【过】。ubbattita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. of ud + vṛt, of which doublet is ubbaṭṭeti; cp. also ubbaṭuma] -- 1. to tear out J.I,199; Miln.101 (sadevake loke ubbattiyante); DhA.I,5 (hadayamaṁsaṁ), 75 (rukkhaṁ). -- 2. to cause to swell or rise J.III,361 (Gaṅgāsotaṁ); IV,161 (samuddaṁ). -- 3. (intrs.) to go out of direction, or in the wrong direction Vism.327 (neva ubbaṭṭati na vivaṭṭati; v. l. uppaṭṭati); DhA.III,155. (Page 152)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + vat + e), 扯掉，令升，使膨胀，转离正道。 ubbattesi, 【过】。 ubbattita, 【过分】。(p78)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubbaṭuma: {'def': '(adj.) [ud + *vṛti (of vṛt) + ma (for mā › mant); cp. Sk. udvṛtta & vṛtimant] going out of its direction, going wrong (or upset?), in phrase ubbaṭumaṁ rathaṁ karoti to put a cart out of its direction A.IV,191, 193. (Page 152)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbaṭṭana: {'def': '【中】(沐浴时)擦身体，用洗涤剂清洗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】（沭浴时）擦身体，用洗涤剂清洗。(p78)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubbaṭṭeti: {'def': '(u出+vaṭṭ+e), 擦，涂洗发精。ubbaṭṭesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + vaṭṭ + e), 擦，涂洗发精。 ubbaṭṭesi, 【过】。(p78)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Caus. of ud + vṛt, as doublet of ubbatteti, cp. BSk. udvartayati Divy 12, 36] to anoint, give perfumes (to a guest), to shampoo J.I,87 (gandhacuṇṇena), 238 (id.); V,89, 438. (Page 152)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbaṭṭhaka: {'def': 'misprint in Pug.Index as well as at Pug.A 233 for ubbhaṭṭhaka (q. v.). (Page 152)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbaṭṭita: {'def': '(Ubbaṭṭeti的【过分】), 擦，涂洗发精。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbedha: {'def': '【阳】高度。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + vedha of vyadh] height, only as measure, contrasted with āyāma length, & vitthāra width J.I,29 (V.219; asīti-hatth°), 203 (yojana-sahass°); VvA.33 (yojana°), 66 (asīti-hatth°), 158 (hattha-sat°), 188 (soḷasa-yojan°), 221, 339; PvA.113. See also pabbedha. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】高度。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubbedhati: {'def': '[ud + vedhati = Sk. vyathate] to be moved, to shake (intrs.), quiver, quake J.VI,437 (= kampati C.). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbega: {'def': '【阳】刺激，惊骇。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Sk. udvega, fr. ud + vij),【阳】刺激，惊骇，惊惶 (excitement, fright, anguish)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. udvega, fr. ud + vij] excitement, fright, anguish D.III,148; later, also transport, rapture, in cpd. (°pīti); Vism.143; DhsA.124; PugA 226. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbegin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ubbega] full of anguish or fear J.III, 313 (= ubbegavant C.). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbejanīya: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ubbejeti] agitating, causing anxiety J.I,323, 504. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbejeti: {'def': '[Caus. of ud + vij] to set into agitation, terrify, frighten Miln.388 (°jayitabba grd.); PugA 226. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ubbijjati 的【使】), 开始激动，使恐怖。 ubbejesi, 【过】。 ubbejita,【过分】。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ubbijjati 的【使】), 开始激动，使恐怖。ubbejesi,【过】。ubbejita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbejitar: {'def': '& Ubbejetar [n. ag. fr. ubbejeti] a terrifier, a terror to A.II,109 (°etar); IV,189 (id.); Pug.47, 48 (= ghaṭṭetvā vijjhītvā ubbegappattaṁ karotī ti PugA 226). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbeṭhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + veṣṭ] an envelope, wrap J.VI,508. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbhata: {'def': '[pp. of uddharati with bbh for ddh as in ubbhaṁ for uddhaṁ; cp. ubbahati and see also the doublet uddhaṭa] drawn out, pulled out, brought out, thrown out or up, withdrawn Vin.I,256 (kaṭhina, cp. uddhāra & ubbhāra); III,196 (id.); D.I,77 (cp uddharati); M.I,383 (ubbhatehi akkhihi); Dh.34 (okamokata u. = *okamokataḥ u.); J.I,268; PvA.163. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已撤回，已拉出。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【过分】已撤回，已拉出。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbhava: {'def': '【阳】开始，生产。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】开始，生产。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + bhava] birth, origination, production Pgdp 91 (dānassa phal°). Cp. BSk. udbhāvanā Divy 184 (guṇ°) 492 (id.). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbhaṁ: {'def': '(& Ubbha°) (indecl.) [a doublet of uddhaṁ, see uddhaṁ III,] up, over, above, on top J.V,269 (ubbhaṁ yojanaṁ uggata); in cpds. like ubbhakkhakaṁ above the collar bone Vin.IV,213; ubbhajānumaṇḍalaṁ above the knee Vin.IV,213; ubbhamukha upwards S.III,238; Miln.122. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(& Ubbha°) (indecl.) [a doublet of uddhaṁ, see uddhaṁ III.] up, 以上(over, above, on top J.V.269 (ubbhaṁ yojanaṁ uggata)。ubbhakkhakaṁ, 锁骨以上(above the collar bone Vin.IV,213)。ubbhajānumaṇḍalaṁ, 膝盖以上(above the knee Vin.IV,213)。ubbhamukha, 向上(upwards S.III,238; Miln.122.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbhaṇḍita: {'def': '[pp. of ubbhaṇḍeti, ud + *bhaṇḍ, cp. bhāṇḍa] bundled up, fixed up, wrapped up, full Vin.I,287. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbhaṭṭhaka: {'def': '【形】直立。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】直立，常站立者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ubbha + ṭha + ka of sthā, prob. contracted fr. ubbhaṭṭhitaka] standing erect or upright D.I,167; M.I,78, 92, 282, 308, 343; A.I,296; II,206; Pug.55 (ubb°; = uddhaṁ ṭhitaka PugA 233). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbhida: {'def': '² (adj.) [fr. ud + bhid] breaking or bursting forth, in cpd. °odaka “whose waters well up”, or “spring water” D.I,74; M.I,276; DA.I,218. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】食盐。【阳】泉。【形】喷出，发芽。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ (nt.) [Sk. udbhida] kitchen salt Vin.I,202, cp. Vin Texts II.48. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】食盐。【阳】泉。【形】喷出，发芽。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubbhijja: {'def': '(Ubbhijjati的【独】), 向上跳或爆发。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbhijjati: {'def': '(u + bhid + ya), 跳起，发芽。~jji, 【过】。 ubbhinna, 【过分】。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+bhid打破+ya), 跳起，发芽。ubbhijji,【过】。ubbhinna,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + bhid] to burst upwards, to spring up out of the ground, to well up; to sprout D.I,74 = M.III,93 = III,26; J.I,18 (V.104); Dh.339 (ger. ubbhijja = uppajitvā DhA.IV,49); DA.I,218. -- pp. ubbhinna. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbhinna: {'def': '[pp. of ubbhijjati] springing up, welling up Dh.I,218. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbhujati: {'def': '[ud + bhuj] to bend up, to lift up (forcibly), ger. °itvā in meaning of “forcibly” Vin.II,222; III,40. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+bhuj使弯曲+a), 弯曲，提起(to bend up, to lift up)。【过】ubbhuji。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + bhuj + a), 举起，提起下衣（围裙）。【过】 ubbhuji。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubbhāra: {'def': '【阳】撤退，切除。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '= uddhāra (suspension, withdrawal, removal) Vin.I,255, 300; V,136, 175; cp. Vin Texts I.19; II,157. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】撤退，切除。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbigga: {'def': '(Ubbijjati的【过分】) 搅动，惊吓。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. udvigna, pp. of ud + vij] agitated, flurried, anxious Vin.II,184; S.I,53; Th.1, 408; J.I,486; III,313; Miln.23, 236, 340 (an°); Vism.54 (satat°); DhA.II,27; ThA.267; Sdhp.8, 77. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbijjanā: {'def': '【阴】激动，不安。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】激动，不安。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. ubbijjati] agitation, uneasiness DA.I,111. Cp. ubbega. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbijjati: {'def': '[Pass. of ud + vij] to be agitated, frightened or afraid Vin.I,74 (u. uttasati palāyati); III,145 (id.); S.I, 228 (aor. ubbijji); Miln.149 (tasati +), 286 (+ saṁviji); Vism.58. -- Caus. ubbejeti (q. v.). -- pp. ubbigga (q. v.). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + vij + a), 搅动，惊吓。 ubbijji, 【过】。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+vij+a), 搅动，惊吓。ubbijji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbilla: {'def': '[either a secondary formation fr. ubbilāvita, or representing uppilava (uppilāva) for upplava, ud + plu, as discussed under ubbilāvita. The BSk. word udvilya Lal. V. 351, 357, or audvilya Divy 82 is an artificial reconstruction from the Pāli, after the equation of Sk. dvādaśa › dial. P. bārasa, whereas the original Sk. dv. is in regular P. represented by dd, as in dvīpa › dīpa, *udvāpa › uddāpa. Müller’s construction ubbilla › *udvela rests on the same grounds, see P. Gr. 12.] elation, elated state of mind M.III,159; °bhāva id. DA.I,122; Sdhp.167. See next. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbillāvitatta: {'def': '【中】极欢喜。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】极欢喜。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubbilāpa: {'def': '(v. l. uppilāva, which is prob. the correct reading] joyous state of mind, elation Ud.37. See next. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbilāvita: {'def': '(according to the very plausible expl^n. given by Morris J P T S. 1887, 137 sq. for uppilāpita, pp. of uppilāpeti = uplāpeti ‹ uplāveti, as expl^d. under uppilavati, ud + plu; with ll for l after cases like Sk. ālīyate › P. allīyati, ālāpa › allāpa etc., and bb for pp as in vanibbaka = Sk. vanīpaka (*vanipp°)] happy, elated, buoyant, ltt. frisky; only in cpds. °atta rejoicing, exultancy, elation of mind D.I,3, 37; J III 466; Miln.183; DA.I,53, 122; and °ākāra id. DhA.I,237. At Vism.158 “cetaso ubbilāvitaṁ” stands for ubbilāvitattaṁ, with v. l. BB uppilāvitaṁ. Cp. J.V,114 (ubbilāvita-cittatā). (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbinaya: {'def': '(adj.) [ud + vinaya] being outside the Vinaya, ex- or un-Vinaya, wrong Vinaya Vin.II,307; Dpvs.V,19. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbisati: {'def': '[better reading v. l. ubbasati, ud + vas] “to be out home”, to live away from home J.II,76. -- See also ubbāsīyati. -- pp. ubbisita (°kāle) ibid. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbāhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ubbahati²] carrying, lifting, in °samattha fit for carrying, i. e. a beast of burden, of an elephant J.VI,448. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbāheti: {'def': '(ud+vāh﹐ud+bādh骚扰), 压迫。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[hardly to be decided whether fr. ud + vāh (to press, urge), or bṛh or bādh; cp. uddharati 2] to oppress, vex, hinder, incommodate J.V,417 sq. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbāhikā: {'def': '(f.) [orig. f. of ubbāhika, adj. fr. ubbāheti in abstr. use] a method of deciding on the expulsion of a bhikkhu, always in Instr. ubbāhikāya “by means of a referendum”, the settlement of a dispute being laid in the hands of certain chosen brethren (see Vin Texts III,49 sq.) Vin.II,95, 97, 305; V,139, 197; A.V,71; Mhvs 4, 46. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹ubbāheti), 断事人。成为断事人要有十个条件：1.具戒，防护波罗提木叉律仪，行、所行具足而住，见於微小之罪而怖畏，受持而学学处。2.多闻而受持所闻，积集所闻，如初善、中善、后善及文、义具足之诸法，宣说纯一、圆满、清净之梵行。3.多闻诸法而受持，以言通利，以意观察，以见善通达。4.广义了解两部之波罗提木叉，就经与相而善分别，善通晓，善决定。5.於律安住不动。於自他两派而堪能语、解、观、静。6.善巧止灭静事之生起。7.知诤事。8.知诤事之集起。9.知诤事之灭尽。10.知顺诤事灭尽之道。(见《增支部》A.10.32./V,71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubbāsīyati: {'def': '[Pass. of ubbāseti, ud + vas] “to be dis-inhabited”, i. e. to be abandoned by the inhabitants Mhvs 6, 22 (= chaḍḍīyati C.). -- Cp. ubbisati. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbāḷha: {'def': '(Ubbādhati的【过分】),【阳.阴.中】已困扰，已苦恼，已骚扰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已困扰，已苦恼，已骚扰。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[adj. pp. of ud + bāhati = vāh or more likely of ud + bādh] oppressed, troubled, harassed, annoyed, vexed Vin.I,148, 353; II,119; IV,308; J.I,300; Vism.182 (kuṇapa-gandhena); DhA.I,343. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubbūḷhavant: {'def': 'see uruḷhavant. (Page 153)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubha: {'def': 'ubhaya, 【代】两者。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'ubhaya,【代】两者。tadubhayaṁ(ta那﹑这+d+ubhaya), 这两者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ubhato: {'def': '【无】两个方法或边，两倍。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adv.) [Abl. of *ubha, to which ubhaya & ubho] both, twofold, in both (or two) ways, on both sides; usually °-, as °bhāgavimutta one who is emancipated in two ways D.II,71; Dialogues II.70, n. 1; M.I,477 (cp. 385 °vimaṭṭha); S.I,191; A.I,73; IV,10, 77; Png 14, 73; Nett 190; °byañjanaka (vyañj°) having the characteristics of both sexes, hermaphrodite Vin.I,89, 136, 168; III,28; V, 222; °saṅgha twofold Saṅgha, viz. bhikkhu° & bhikkhunī Vin.II,255; IV,52, 242, 287; Mhvs 32³⁴. ‹-› See further Vin.II,287 (°vinaye); D.I,7 (°lohitaka, cp. DA.I,87); M.I,57 (°mukha tied up at both ends), 129 (°daṇḍakakakaca a saw with teeth on both sides), 393 (koṭiko pañho; S.IV,323 (id.). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【无】两个方法或边，两倍。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ubhaya: {'def': '(*ubha + ya, see ubho),【形】两者(both, twofold (°ante))。The form ubhayo at Pv II.310 is to be regarded as fem. pl. of ubho (= duve PvA 86).%b\xa0\xa0ubhayaaṁsa﹐两肩(lit. both shoulders or both parts, i. e. completely, thoroughly, all round)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [*ubha + ya, see ubho] both, twofold Sn.547, 628, 712, 1106, 1107, 801 (°ante); Nd¹ 109 (°ante); J.I,52; PvA.11, 24, 35, 51. -- nt. °ṁ as adv. in comb^n. with ca c’ûbhayaṁ following after 2^nd. part of comprehension) “and both” for both-and; and also, alike, as well Dh.404 (gahaṭṭhehi anāgārehi c’ûbhayaṁ with householders and houseless alike); Pv.I,6⁹. -- Note. The form ubhayo at Pv.II,3¹⁰ is to be regarded as fem. pl. of ubho (= duve PvA.86).

--aṁsa lit. both shoulders or both parts, i. e. completely, thoroughly, all round (°-) in °bhāvita thoroughly trained D.I,154 (cp. DA.I,312 ubhaya-koṭṭhāsāya bhāvito). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubhayattha: {'def': '[adv.) [Sk. ubhayatra, fr. ubhaya] in both places, in both cases Vin.I,107; A.III,64; Dh.15--17; DhA.I,29 (°ettha), 30; PvA.130. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ubho: {'def': '【形】两者。（这是巴利语旧剩余的双重词形）。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Sk. ubhau),【形】两者。(这是巴利语双重词形的旧痕迹)。 both; Nom. Acc. ubho。-- ubhantaṁ both ends, both sides . -- Gen. ubhinnaṁ; Instr. ubhohi (hatthehi) ; Loc. ubhosu .The form ubhayo Nom. fem). ubhatobyañjanaka(梵ubhaya-vyañjana)﹐二形人( having the characteristics of both sexes, hermaphrodite)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(udj.) [Sk. ubhau, an old remnant of a dual form in Pāli; cp. Gr. a)/mfw both, Lat. ambo, Lith. abū, Goth. bai, Ohg. beide = E. both. To prep.-adv. *amb, *ambi; see abhi & cp. also vīsati] both; Nom. Acc. ubho S.I,87 = A.III,48 = It.16; It.43 = Sn.661 = Dh.306; Sn.220, 543, 597; Dh.74, 256, 269; 412; Nd¹ 109; Pv.I,7⁶; J.I,223; II,3; PvA.13, 82 (tā ubho). -- ubhantaṁ both ends, both sides Sn.1042 (see Nd² 169; SnA. 588 expl^s. by ubho ante). -- Gen. ubhinnaṁ S.I,162; II, 222; J.II,3; Instr. ubhohi (hatthehi) Vin.II,256; J.IV,142; Loc. ubhosu Sn.778 (antesu); J.I,264 (passesu; PvA.94 (hatthesu). ‹-› Note. The form ubhayo at Pv.II,3¹⁰ is to be regarded as a Nom. fem. (= duve PvA.86). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ucca: {'def': '【形】 1. 高。 2. 贵族。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】1.高。2.贵族。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [For udya, adj. formation from prep. ud above, up] high (opp. avaca low) D.I,194; M.II,213; A.V,82 (°ṭhāniyaṁ nīce ṭhāne ṭhapeti puts on a low place which ought to be placed high); Pv IV.7⁴ (uccaṁ paggayha lifting high up = uccataraṁ katvā PvA.265); Pug.52, 58; DA.I,135; PvA.176.

--âvaca high and low, various, manifold Vin.I,70, 203; J.IV,115, 363 (= mahaggha-samaggha C. p. 366); Sn.703, 714, 792, 959; Dh.83; Nd¹ 93, 467; Vv 12¹ (= vividha VvA.60); 31¹. --kulīnatā high birth A.III,48 (cp. uccā°). (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uccaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ucca] high Vin.II,149 (āsandikā a kind of high chair). (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uccatta: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ucca = Sk. uccatvaṁ] height J.III,318. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uccaya: {'def': '[fr. ud + ci, see cināti; Sk. uccaya] heaping up, heap, pile, accumulation Dh.115, 191, 192; Vv 47¹¹; 82⁷ (= cetiya VvA.321); DhA.III,5, 9; DhsA.41 (pāpassa). --siluccaya a mountain Th.1, 692; J.I,29 (V.209); VI,272, 278; Dāvs.V,63. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】积聚。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】积聚。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ucchaṅga: {'def': '【阳】膝盖，臀部。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】膝盖，臀部。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. utsaṅga, ts › cch like Sk. utsahate › BSk. ucchahate see ussahati] the hip, the lap Vin.I,225; M.I,366; A.I,130 (°pañña); J.I,5, 308; II,412; III,22; IV,38, 151; Pug.31; Vism.279; DhA.II,72. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uccheda: {'def': '【阳】切断，毁灭，歼灭。 ~diṭṭhi, 【阴】断见。 ~vādī, 【阳】信仰断见者。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + chid, chind, see ucchindati & cp. cheda] breaking up, disintegration, perishing (of the soul) Vin.III,2 (either after this life, or after kāmadeva life, or after brahmadeva life) D.I,34, 55; S.IV,323; Nd¹ 324; Miln.413; Nett 95, 112, 160; DA.I,120.

--diṭṭhi the doctrine of the annihilation (of the soul), as opp. to sassata- or atta-diṭṭhi (the continuance of the soul after death) S.II,20; III,99, 110 sq; Ps.I,150, 158; Nd¹ 248 (opp. sassati°); Dhs.1316; Nett 40, 127; SnA 523 (opp. atta°). --vāda (adj.) one who professes the doctrine of annihilation (ucchedadiṭṭhi) Vin.I,235; III,2; D.I,34, 55; S.II,18; IV,401; A.IV,174, 182 sq.; Nd¹ 282; Pug.38. --vādin = °vāda Nett 111; J.V,244. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹ud + chid, chind),【阳】切断，毁灭，歼灭(breaking up, disintegration, perishing (of the soul))。ucchedadiṭṭhi,【阴】断见(属於偶然论，认为一切事务的发生与消灭都是偶然发生的。断见(the doctrine of the annihilation (of the soul))与‘常见’ (sassatadiṭṭhi or atta-diṭṭhi (the continuance of the soul after death)相反的)。ucchedavādī,【阳】信仰断见者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ucchedana: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ud + chid] cutting off, destroying; f. °anī J.V,16 (surā). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ucchedin: {'def': '(adj.) an adherent of the ucchedavāda J.V,241. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ucchepaka: {'def': '(nt.) [= ucchiṭṭhaka in sense of ucchiṭṭhabhatta] leavings of food M.II,7 (v. l. uccepaka with cc for cch as ucciṭṭha: ucchiṭṭha). The passage is to be read ucchepake va te ratā. A diff. connotation would be implied by taking ucchepaka = uñchā, as Neumann does (Majjhima trsl.² II.682). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ucchijjati: {'def': '(u出+chid(梵chid)切断+ya, Ucchindati的【被】), 被停止，被消灭。ucchijji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ucchindati: {'def': '[ud + chid, see chindati] to break up, destroy, annihilate S.V,432 (bhavataṇhaṁ), A.IV,17 (fut. ucchecchāmi to be read with v. l. for T. ucchejjissāmi); Sn.2 (pret. udacchida), 208 (ger. ucchijja); J.V,383; Dh.285. ‹-› Pass. ucchijjati to be destroyed or annihilated, to cease to exist S.IV,309; J.V,242, 467; Miln.192; PvA.63, 130 (= na pavattati), 253 (= natthi). -- pp. ucchinna (q. v.). (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+chid切断+ṁ-a), 打破，破坏，灭绝(to break up, destroy, annihilate)。ucchindi,【过】。fut. ucchecchāmi(or ucchejjissāmi, ucchejjāmi, ucchijjāmi),我欲讨伐。ucchijja,【独】。ucchijjati,【被】。ucchinna,【过分】。pret. udacchida)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + chid + ŋ-a), 打破，破坏。 ucchindi, 【过】。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ucchinna: {'def': '[pp. of ucchindati] broken up, destroyed S.III,10; A.V,32; Sn.746. Cp. sam°. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Ucchindati的【过分】) 打破，破坏(broken up, destroyed)。Cp. Samucchinna。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ucchiṭṭha: {'def': '[pp. of ud + śiṣ] left, left over, rejected, thrown out; impure, vile Vin.II,115 (°odakaṁ); IV,266 (id.); J.II,83 (bhattaṁ ucchiṭṭhaṁ akatvā), 126 (°nadī impure; also itthi outcast), 363; IV,386 (°ṁ piṇḍaṁ), 388; VI,508; Miln.315; DhA.I,52; II,85; III,208; PvA.80 (= chaḍḍita), 173 (°bhattaṁ). At J.IV,433 read ucch° for ucciṭṭha. --an° not touched or thrown away (of food) J.III,257; DhA.II,3. -- See also uttiṭṭha & ucchepaka. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(pp. of ud + wis),【形】剩余的(饮食)，不纯的，用过的(left, left over, rejected, thrown out; impure, vile)。(ucchiṭṭhabhattaṁ). At J.IV,433 read ucch° for ucciṭṭha. --an° not touched or thrown away (of food) J.III,257; DhA.II,3. -- See also uttiṭṭha & ucchepaka.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ucchiṭṭhaka: {'def': '(fr. ucchiṭṭha) = ucchiṭṭha J.IV,386; VI,63, 509. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ucchu: {'def': '[Sk. cp. Vedic Np. Ikṣvāku fr. ikṣu] sugar-cane Vin.IV,35; A.III,76; IV,279; Miln.46; DhA.IV,199 (°ūnaṁ yanta sugar-cane mill), PvA.257, 260; VvA.124.

--agga (ucch°) top of s. c. Vism.172. --khaṇḍikā a bit of sugar-cane Vv 33²⁶. --khādana eating s. c. Vism.70. --khetta sugar-cane field J.I,339; VvA.256. --gaṇṭhikā a kind of sugar-cane, Batatas Paniculata J.I,339; VI,114 (so read for °ghaṭika). --pāla watchman of s.-c. VvA.256. --pīḷana, cane-pressing, Asl. 274. --puṭa sugar-cane basket J.IV,363. --bīja seed of s.-c. A.I,32; V,213. --yantra a sugar-mill J.I,339. --rasa s.-c. juice Vin.I,246; Vism.489; VvA.180 --vāta, Asl. 274. --sālā, Asl. 274. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】甘蔗（亚洲东南部热带的高大的禾草〔甘蔗属〕(Saccharum officinarum)，其茎粗、硬，是糖的主要的商业的来源）。 ~yanta, 【中】炼糖厂。 ~rasa, 【阳】糖蜜，甘蔗汁。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Sk. cp. Vedic Np. Iksvāku fr. iksu),【阳】甘蔗(sugar-cane；Saccharum officinarum。亚洲东南部热带的高大的禾草〔甘蔗属〕，其茎粗、硬，是糖的主要的商业的来源)。ucchuyantra(ucchūnaṁ yanta),【中】炼糖厂(sugar-cane mill)。uccharasa,【阳】糖蜜(treacle、molasses)。ucchurasa,甘蔗汁。ucchagga,甘蔗。ucchukhaṇḍikā,咬甘蔗。 ucchukhādana,吃甘蔗。ucchakhetta,甘蔗田。ucchugaṇṭhikā, ucchughaṭika,一种甘蔗(Batatas (now called Ipomea) Paniculata)。ucchupāla,守卫甘蔗。ucchupīḷana,榨甘蔗。ucchupuṭa, 甘蔗(叶)筐。ucchubīja,甘蔗栽。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ucchādana: {'def': '【中】身体的摩擦。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】身体的摩擦。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [ut + sād, Caus. of sad, sīdati, cp. ussada] rubbing the limbs, anointing the body with perfumes shampooing D.I,7, 76; at the latter passage in comb^n. anicc°-dhamma, of the body, meaning “erosion, decay”, and comb^d. with parimaddana abrasion (see about detail of meaning Dial. I.87); thus in same formula at M.I,500; S.IV,83; J.I,146 & passim; A.I,62; II,70 (+ nahāpana); IV,54, 386; It.111; Th.2, 89 (nahāpan°); Miln.241 (°parimaddana) 315 (+ nahāpana); DA.I,88. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ucchādeti: {'def': '(u + chad + e), 擦身体（沭浴时或用香水）。 ucchādesi, 【过】。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+chad盖+e), 擦身体(沐浴时或用香水)。ucchādesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. ut + sād, see ucchādana] to rub the body with perfumes J.VI,298; Miln.241 (+ parimaddati nahāpeti); DA.I,88. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uccināti: {'def': '[ud + cināti] to select, choose, search, gather, pick out or up Vin.I,73; II,285 (aor. uccini); J.IV,9; Pv III,2 ⁴ (nantake = gavesana-vasena gahetvāna PvA.185); Dpvs.IV,2. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + ci + nā), 选择，挑选。 uccini, 【过】。 uccinitvā, 【独】。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+ci+nā), 选择，挑选。uccini,【过】。uccinitvā,【独】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ucciṭṭha: {'def': '【形】剩余的（饮食），不纯的，用过的。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uccā: {'def': '(°-) (adv.) [cp. Sk. uccā, Instr. sg. of uccaṁ, cp. paścā behind, as well as uccaiḥ Instr. pl. -- In BSk. we find ucca° (uccakulīna Av. Ś III,117) as well as uccaṁ (uccaṁgama Divy 476). It is in all cases restricted to cpds.] high (lit. & fig.), raised, in foll. cpds.

--kaṇerukā a tall female elephant M.I,178. --kāḷārikā id. M.I,178 (v. l. °kaḷārikā to be preferred). --kula a high, noble family Pv III,1¹⁶ (= uccā khattiya-kul-âdino PvA.176). --kulīnatā birth in a high-class family, high rank M.III,37; VvA.32. --sadda a loud noise D.I,143, 178; A.III,30. --sayana a high bed (+ mahāsayana) Vin.I, 192; D.I,5, 7; cp. DA.I,78. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uccākulīna: {'def': '【形】高贵的出生。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】高贵的出生。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uccāliṅga: {'def': '【阳】胃虫，毛虫。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[etym.?] a maw-worm Vin.III,38, 112; J.II,146. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】胃虫，毛虫。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uccāra: {'def': '【阳】兽粪，排泄物，屎。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Ud.+ car] discharge, excrement, faeces Vin.III,36 (°ṁ gacchati to go to stool); IV,265, 266 (uccāro nāma gūtho vuccati); DhA.II,56 (°karaṇa defecation); uccārapassāva faeces & urine D.I,70; M.I,83; J.I,5; II,19. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】兽粪，排泄物，屎，大便。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uccāranā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. uccāreti] lifting up, raising Vin.III,121. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uccāraṇa: {'def': '【中】uccāraṇā,【阴】1.举起。2.说话，发音。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 uccāraṇā, 【阴】 1. 举起。 2. 说话，发音。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uccāreti: {'def': '[ud + cāreti, Caus. of car] to lift up, raise aloft Vin.III,81; IV,147 = DhA.III,50; M.I,135. -- pp. uccārita (q. v.). (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + car + e), 1. 做声，宣告。 2. 举起。 uccāresi, 【过】。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+car+e), 1.做声，宣告。2.举起。uccāresi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uccārita: {'def': '(Uccāreti的【过分】) 做声，宣告。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of uccāreti] -- 1. uttered, let out PvA.280 (akkharāni). -- 2. lifted, raised ThA.255. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uccāsadda: {'def': '【阳】大杂讯。【形】制造大杂讯。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】大噪声。【形】制造大噪声。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uccāsayana: {'def': '【中】高床。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】高床。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uccāvaca: {'def': '【形】高低的，各种不同的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】高低的，各种不同的。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ud-: {'def': '[Vedic ud-; Goth. ūt = Ohg. ūz = E. out, Oir. ud-; cp. Lat. ūsque “from-unto” & Gr. u(ζteros = Sk. uttara) prefix in verbal & nominal comb^n. One half of all the words beginning with u° are comb^ns. with ud°, which in comp^n. appears modified according to the rules of assimilation as prevailing in Pāli. -- I. Original meaning “out in an upward direction”, out of, forth; like ummujjati to rise up out of (water), ujjalati to blaze up high; udeti to come out of & go up; ukkaṇṭha stretching one’s neck out high (cp. Ger. “empor”); uggilati to “swallow up”, i. e. spit out. -- The opposites of ud- are represented by either ava or o° (see under II. & IV. & cp. ucc-âvaca; uddhambhāgiya: orambhāgiya), ni (see below) or vi (as udaya: vi-aya or vaya). -- II. Hence develop 2 clearly defined meanings, viz. (1) out, out of, away from --: °aṇha (“day-out”); °agga (“top-out”); °āgacchati; °ikkhati look out for, expect; °kantati tear out; °khitta thrown off; °khipati pick out; °gacchati come out; °gamaṇa rising (opp. o°); °gajjati shout out; °gilati (opp. o°); °ghoseti shout out; °cināti pick out; °chiṭṭha thrown out; °jagghati laugh at, cp. Ger. aus-lachen °tatta smelted out; °tāna stretched out; °dāleti tear out; °dhaṭa lifted out, drawn out; °disati point out to; °drīyati pull out; °pajjati to be produced; °patti & °pāda coming out, origin, birth; °paṭipatiyā out of reach; °paḷāseti sound out; °phāsulika “ribs out”; etc. etc. -- (2) up (high) or high up, upwards, on to (cp. ucca high, uttara higher) --: °kujja erect (opp. ava°); °kūla sloping up (opp. vi°); °khipati throw-up, °gaṇhāti take up; °chindati cut up; °javati go up-stream, °javana id. (opp. o°); uñña pride; °thāna “standing up” °ṭhita got up; °tarati come out, go up (opp. o°); °nata raised up, high (opp. o°); °nama e-levation; °nāmin raised (opp. ni°); °patati fly up; etc. etc. -- III, More specialised meanings (from elliptical or figurative use) are: (1) ud° = without, “ex-”, e. g. unnaṅgala “outplough” = without a plough; uppabbajita an ex-bhikkhu. ‹-› (2) ud° = off, i. e. out of the way, wrong, e. g. uppatha a wrong road, ummagga id. -- (3) ud° = out of the ordinary, i. e. exceedingly, e. g. ujjaṅgala extremely dusty; uppanduka very pale; uppoṭheti to beat hard. -- IV. Dialectical variations & combinations. -- (1) Owing to semantic affinity we often find an interchange between ud° and ava° (cp. E. break up = break down, grind up or down, tie up or down), according to different points of view. This wavering between the two prefixes was favoured by the fact that o always had shown an unstable tendency & had often been substituted for or replaced by ū, which in its place was reduced to u before a double consonant, thus doing away with the diff. between ū & u or o & u. For comparison see the foll.: ukkamati & okk°; uññā: avañña; uddiyati: odd°; uḍḍeyya oḍḍ°; uppīḷeti: opīḷ°; etc., & cp. abbhokirati › abbhukkirati. -- (2) the most freq. comb^ns. that ud° enters into are those with the intensifying prefixes abhi° and sam°; see e. g. abhi + ud (= abbhud°) + gacchati, °jalati; °ṭhāti; °namati etc.; sam + ud + eti; °kamati; °chindati; °tejeti; °pajjati etc. (Page 132)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uda: {'def': '【无】或，和。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ (indecl.) [Sk. uta & u, with Lat. aut (or), Gr. au(_ti (again), au)taρ (but, or), Goth. auk = Ger. auch to pron. base ava° yonder, cp. ava II.] disjunctive part. “or”; either singly, as at Sn.455, 955, 1090; J.V,478 (v. l. udāhu); Nd¹ 445 (expl^d. as “padasandhi” with same formula as iti, q. v.); Pv.II,12¹⁶ (kāyena uda cetasā); or comb^d. with other synonymous particles, as uda vā at Sn.193, 842, 1075; It.82 = 117 (caraṁ vā yadi vā tiṭṭhaṁ nisinno uda vā sayaṁ walking or standing, sitting or lying down); KhA 191. -- See also udāhu. (Page 132)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² (°-) [Vedic udan (nt.), also later uda (but only °-), commonly udaka, q. v.] water, wave. In cpds. sometimes the older form udan° is preserved (like udañjala, udaññavant), but generally it has been substituted by the later uda° (see under udakaccha, udakanti, udakumbha, udapatta, udapāna, udabindu). (Page 132)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【无】或。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udabbahe: {'def': '3^rd sg. Pot. of ubbahati [ud + bṛh¹, see also abbahati] to draw out, tear out, remove Th.1, 158; Sn.583 (= ubbaheyya dhāreyya (?) SnA 460); J.II,223 (= udabbaheyya C.); VI,587 (= hareyya C.); aor. udabbahi Vin.IV,5. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udabbhadhi: {'def': 'aor. 3^rd sg. of ubbadhati [ud + vadh] to destroy, kill Sn.4 (= ucchindanto vadhati SnA 18). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udabindu: {'def': '[uda + bindu] a drop of water M.I,78; Sn.812; Dh.121, 122, 336; It.84 (v. l. udaka°); Nd¹ 135; SnA 114; DhA.II,51. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udacchidā: {'def': '3^rd sg. praet. of ucchindati to break up Sn.2, 3 (°ā metri causa). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udadhi: {'def': '【阳】大海。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[uda + dhi, lit. water-container] the sea, ocean S.I,67; It.86; Sn.720; J.V,326; VI,526; ThA.289; VvA.155 (“udakaṁ ettha dhīyatī ti udadhi”); Sdhp.322, 577. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】大海。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udagga: {'def': '(adj.) [ud + agga, lit. “out-top”, cp. Sk. udagra] topmost, high, lofty Th.1, 110; fig. elated, exalted, exultant, joyful, happy D.I,110 (°citta); Sn.689 (+ sumana), 1028 (id.); Pv IV.1⁵⁵ (attamana +); IV,5⁸ (haṭṭha +); Miln.248; DhA.II,42 (haṭṭha-pahaṭṭha udagg-udagga in high glee & jubilant); Vism.346 (id.); Sdhp.323. See also der. odagya. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】兴高采烈的，非常高兴的，欢喜的。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】兴高采烈的，非常高兴的，欢喜的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udaggatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. udagga] exaltation, jubilation, glee Sdhp.298. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udaggi°: {'def': 'in udaggihuttaṁ [= ud + aggi + hutta, cp. Vedic agnihotra] the fire prepared (for sacrifice) J.V,396 (= uda-aggihuttaṁ C. wrongly), lit. “the sacrifice (being) out” (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udahāraka: {'def': '【阳】水的搬运器。 (udahārikā, 【阴】) 。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[uda + hāraka] a water-carrier J.II,80. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】水的搬运器。(udahārikā,【阴】) 。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udahāriya: {'def': '【中】搬运水的动作。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. udahāra fetching of water, uda + hṛ] going for water Vv 50⁹. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】搬运水的动作。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udaka: {'def': '【中】水。 ~kāka, 【阳】鸬鹚，水老鸦。 ~dhārā, 【阴】水的奔流。 ~phusita, ~bindu, 【中】一滴水。~maṇika, 【阳】存水的大广口瓶。 ~sāṭikā, 【阴】沭浴的覆盖物。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】水。udakadhārā,【阴】水的奔流。udakapaṭiggāhaka, 【阳】盛水盆(在用餐前后用来洗手或倒洗钵水的器皿)。udakaphusita, udakabindu,【中】一滴水。udakamaṇika,【阳】存水的大广口瓶。udakasāṭikā,【阴】沐浴的覆盖物。udakorohaka,水浴者。paṭhaviyā pi ummujja-nimujjaṁ karoti seyyathā udake, udake pi abhijjamāno gacchati seyyathāpi pathaviyaṁ.(在地浮沉犹如在水，在水上行而不沉犹如在地上。经中说：没地如水，履水如地。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic udaka, uda + ka (see uda²), of Idg. *ǔed, *ud, fuller form *eǔed (as in Sk. odatī, odman flood, odana gruel, q. v.); cp. Sk. unatti, undati to water, udra = Av. udra = Ags. otor = E. otter (“water-animal”); Gr. u(/dwr water (“hydro”), u(/dra hydra (“water-animal”); Lat. unda wave; Goth. watō = Ohg. wazzar = E. water; Obulg. voda water, vydra otter) water Vin.II,120, 213; D.II,15 (°assa dhārā gushes or showers of w.); Dh.80, 145; J.I,212; Pv.I,5⁷; Pug.31, 32; Miln.318; VvA.20 (udake temanaṁ aggimhe tāpanaṁ); DhA.I,289; DhA.III,176, 256; PvA.39, 70. -- Syn. ambu, ela, jala etc. ‹-› The comp^n. form (-°) is either ûdaka (āsanûdaka-dāyin J.IV,435) or °odaka (pādodaka water for the feet PvA.78). odaka occurs also in abs. form (q. v.), cp. also oka. Bdgh.’s kaṁ = udakaṁ, tena dāritan: kandaran ti is a false etymology; DA.I,209.

--aṇṇava water-flood M.I,134. --āyatika a water-pipe Vin.II,123. --āḷhaka a certain measure of water, an āḷhaka of w. S.V,400; A.II,55 = III,337; VvA.155. --ûpama resembling water, like water A.IV,11 (puggala). --ogāhana plunging into water J.III,235. --ogha a water flood VvA.48. --orohaka descending into water, bathing; N. of a class of ascetics, lit. “bather” M.I,281; S.IV,312; A.V,263. --orohaṇa plunging into water, taking a bath, bathing D.I,167; S.I,182; A.I,296; II,206; J.IV,299; Pug.55. --kalaha the “water dispute” DhA.III,256. --kāka a water crow J.II,441. --kicca libation of water, lit. water-performance; cleansing, washing D.II,15. --kīḷā sporting in the w. J.VI,420. --gahaṇasāṭaka bathing-gown J.V,477. --ghaṭa a water pitcher PvA.66. --cāṭi a water jar DhA.I,52. --ṭṭhāna a stand for water Vin.II,120. --tumba a water vessel J.II,441; DA.I,202; DhA.II,193. --telaka an oily preparation mixed with water Vin.II,107. --dantapoṇa water for rinsing the mouth & tooth-cleaner Vin.III,51; IV,90, 92, 233; J.IV,69. --daha a lake (of water) D.I,45. --doṇikā a water-tub or trough Vin.II,220. --dhārā a shower of water Ps.I,125; J.IV,351. --niddhamana a water spout or drain Vin.II,120, 123; DhA.II,37. --nibbāhana an aquaduct Miln.295. --paṭiggaha receiving or accepting water Vin.II,213. --patta a waterbowl Vin.II,107; D.I,80; S.III,105. --puñchanī a towel Vin.II,122. --posita fed or nourished by water VvA.173. --phusita a drop of water S.II,135. --bindu a drop of w. It.84 (v. l. for udabindu); PvA.99. --bubbula a w. bubble A.IV,137; Vism.109, 479 (in comp.). --bhasta devoid of water ThA.212 (for anodaka Th.2, 265). --maṇika a water-pot Vin.I,227; M.I,354; A.III,27; Miln.28; DhA.I,79. --mallaka a cup for w. A.I,250. --rakkhasa a water-sprite DhA.III,74. --rahada a lake (of w.) D.I,74, 84; A.I,9; II,105; III,25; Sn.467; Pug.47. --rūha a water plant Vv 35^Q. --lekhā writing on w. A.I,283 = Pug.32 (in simile °ûpama like writing on w.; cp. Pug.A 215). --vāra “waterturn”, i. e. fetching water DhA.I,49. --vāraka bucket S.II,118. --vāha a flow of water, flowing w. J.VI,162. --vāhaka rise or swelling (lit. carrying or pulling along (of water), overflowing, flood A.I,178. --vāhana pulling up water Vin.II,122 (°rajju). --sadda sound of water Dhs.621. --sarāvaka a saucer for w. Vin.II,120. --sāṭaka = sāṭikā J.II,13. --sāṭikā “water-cloak”, a bathing-mantle Vin.I, 292; II,272; IV,279 (= yāya nivatthā nhāyati C.); DhA.II,61 (T. °sāṭaka). --suddhika ablution with water (after passing urine) Vin.IV,262 (= mutta-karaṇassa dhovanā C.). (Page 132)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udakaccha: {'def': '[uda + kaccha] watery soil, swamp J.V,137. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udakakāka: {'def': '【阳】鸬鷀，水老鹤(cormorant)。《佛祖统纪》卷第五,T49.171.1︰「阿难游行宣化几二十年，尝至竹林中(即王舍城外竹林寺)闻比丘诵偈︰“若人生百岁，不见水老鹤，不如生一日。时得睹见之。”阿难惨然曰︰此非佛偈，当云︰“若人生百岁，不解生灭法，不如生一日，而得解了之。”比丘向其师说。师曰︰阿难老朽言不可信。阿难后时闻彼比丘犹诵前偈。即自思惟︰今此比丘不受吾教，於世无益宜入涅盘。」Dhp.113.︰Yo ca vassasataṁ jīve, apassaṁ udayabbayaṁ; ekāhaṁ jīvitaṁ seyyo, passato udayabbayaṁ. (若人寿百岁──不见生灭法，不如生一日──得见生灭法。) Gāndhārī Dharmapada︰ya ji vasa-wado jivi, apawu udaka-vaya, muhutu jivida sevha, pawaho udaka-vaya.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udakogha: {'def': '【阳】洪水。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】洪水。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udakumbha: {'def': '【阳】水壶。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[uda + kumbha] a water jug J.I,20; Dh.121, 122; Pv.I,12⁹. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】水壶。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udakāyatikā: {'def': '【阴】水管。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】水管。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udapatta: {'def': '² [uda + patta; Sk. udapātra] a bowl of water, a water-jug, ewer M.I,100; S.V,121; A.III,230 sq., 236; V,92, 94, 97 sq. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ [uda for ud, and patta, pp. of pat, for patita? Kern, Toev. s. v. takes it as udak-prāpta, risen, flying up, sprung up J.III,484 (= uppatita C.); V,71 (= uṭṭhita C.). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udappatta: {'def': 'see udapatta. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udapādi: {'def': '(udapajjati 的【过】), 生起，出现，起来，起源。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '3^rd sg. aor. of uppajjati to arise, originate, become D.I,110, 180, 185; S.II,273; It.52, 99; SnA 346, 462. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(udapajjati 的【过】), 发生，出现，起来，起源。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udapāna: {'def': '【阳】井。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】井。jarudapāna,【阳】古井。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[uda + pāna lit. “(place for) drinking water”; cp. opāna, which in the incorrect opinion of Pāli Commentators represents a contracted udapāna] a well, a cistern Vin.I,139; II,122; M.I,80; A.IV,171; J.III,216; Ud.78; Pv.II,7⁸; II,9²⁵; Miln.411; Vism.244 (in simile); DA.I,298; VvA.40; PvA.78. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udara: {'def': '(nt.) [Vedic udara, Av udara belly, Gr. u(ζteros = Lat. uterus belly, womb; Lith. védaras stomach, See also Walde, Lat. Wtb. under vensica] -- 1 the belly, stomach D.II,266; Sn.78, 604, 609, 716; J.I,146, 164, 265; Miln.213; PvA.283; KhA 57, 58; DhA.I,47 (pregnant); Sdhp.102. -- 2. cavity, interior, inside Dāvs.I,56 (mandir-odare). --ūnûdara with empty belly Th.1, 982; Miln.406, 407; cp. ūna.

--aggi the fire of the belly or stomach (i. e. of digestion) KhA 59; SnA 462; PvA.33; --âvadehakaṁ (adv.) bhunjati to eat to fill the stomach, eat to satiety, to be gluttonous M.I,102; A.V,18; Th.1, 935; Vism.33. --paṭala the mucous membrane of the stomach Vism.359 (= sarīr°abbhantara 261); SnA 248; KhA 55, 61. --pūra stomachfilling Vism.108. --vaṭṭi “belly-sack”, belly Vin.III,39, 117; Vism.262 where KhA reads ud. paṭala). --vāta the wind of the belly, stomach-ache 9J.I,33, 433; Vism.41 (°ābādha); DhA.IV,129. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】腹，胃，内部。 ~aggi, 【阳】消化的器官。 ~paṭala, 【中】腹部的黏液薄膜。 ~avadehakaŋ, 【副】把胃填充到极限。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】腹，胃，怀孕(the belly, stomach;(pregnant))。udaraggi,【阳】消化之火(the fire of the belly or stomach)。udarapaṭala,【中】腹部的黏液薄膜。udaravadehakaṁ,【副】把胃填充到极限。 ; Sdhp 102. -- 2. cavity, interior, inside(mandir-odare). udarūnûdara with empty belly; cp. ūna.%b\xa0udarāvadehakaṁ (adv.) bhunjati to eat to fill the stomach, eat to satiety, to be gluttonous. udarapaṭala the mucous membrane of the stomach. --udarapūra stomachfilling.udaravaṭṭi “belly-sack”, belly). udaravāta the wind of the belly, stomach-ache', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udariya: {'def': '【中】胃中未消化的食物。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】胃中未消化的食物。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. udara] the stomach Kh III, (cp. KhA 57); Vism.258, 358. Cp sodariya. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udassaye: {'def': '2^nd sg. pot. of ud + assayati [ā + śri, cp. assaya] J.V,26 (meaning to instal, raise?), expl^d. by C. as ussayāpesi (?) Reading may be faulty for udāsase (?). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udatta: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. udātta] elevated, high, lofty, clever Nett 7, 118, 123 (= uḷārapañña C.). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udatāri: {'def': '3^rd sg aor. of uttarati to cross over Sn.471 (oghaṁ). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udaya: {'def': '【阳】上升，生长，增加，收入，利息。 ~atthagama, 【阳】涨落。 ~bbaya, 【阳】涨落，增减，生死。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(‹ud + i, cp. udeti),【阳】上升(rise)，生长(growth)，增加(increase)，收入(income)，利息(interest)。生灭(rise and fall)，生死(birth & death )。udayatthika﹐增加欲望(desirous of increase)，利息(interest)财富(wealth)。udayatthagama,【阳】生灭。udayabbaya(ud-aya + vy-aya),【阳】生灭，增减，生死。udayabbayañāṇa (udaya生+vaya灭+ñāṇa智)﹐生灭智，是观照诸行法生灭之智。Udayabbayānupassī﹐生灭随观：即正看生和灭(Udayabbayānupassīti udayañca vayañca passanto.)( (AA.4.41.)) 。「生灭」是简称一切名法、色法的共相；「生」(jāti)、「住」(sthiti)、「异」(jarā老)、「灭」(anityatā)」则被称为「有为(法)四相」，但是究竟来说，一刹那可被观察的名法、色法只具有「生jāti、住ṭhiti、灭vaya or anicca」三相。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + i, cp. udeti] rise, growth; increment, increase; income, revenue, interest A.II,199; Ps.I,34; Vv 84⁷ (dhan’atthika uddayaṁ patthayāna = ānisaṁsaṁ atirekalābhaṁ VvA.336); 84⁵²; DhA.II,270; PvA.146 (ulār° vipāka), 273 (°bhūtāni pañca kahāpaṇa-satāni labhitvā, with interest); Sdhp.40, 230, 258. -- See also uddaya.

--attha rise and fall, birth & death (to attha²) M.I,356; S.V,197 sq., 395; A.III,152 sq.; IV,111, 289, 352; V,15, 25. --atthika desirous of increase, interest or wealth (cp. above Vv 84⁷ dhan’atthika) A.II,199. --bbaya (ud-aya + vy-aya) increase & decrease, rise & fall, birth & death, up & down D.III,223; S.I,46 = 52 (lokassa); III,130; A.II,90; III, 32; IV,153; It.120; Vism.287; Ps.I,54; ThA.90. --vyaya = °bbaya S.IV,140; A.II,15 (khandhānaṁ); Dh.113, 374 (khandhānaṁ, see DhA.IV,110). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udayabbayañāṇa: {'def': '生灭智(洞察名色法刹那生灭的智慧)。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}

Udayana: {'def': '【中】上升。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + i] going up, rise DA.I,95. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】上升。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '（国王名）伍达亚那，（古音译：）优填王，邬陀衍那', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Udayanta: {'def': '(udayati 的【现分】), 上升，成长的。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(udayati 的【现分】), 上升，成长的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udayati: {'def': '(u出+i +a), 升，出来，增加。参考 udeti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '参考 udeti。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udayaṁ: {'def': '& Udayanto ppr. of udeti (q. v.). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udañcana: {'def': '【中】（用来舀水的）瓢，桶子。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + añc, see añchati] a bucket for drawing water out of a well DhA.I,94. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】(用来舀水的)瓢，桶子。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udañcanin: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [ud + añcanin to añc see añchati] draining, pulling up water f. °ī a bucket or pail J.I, 417 (f. °ī). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udañjala: {'def': '[udan + jala see uda²] in °ṁ kīḷati a water-game: playing with drops of water (?) Vin.III,118 (Bdhgh.: udañjalan ti udaka-cikkhallo vuccati p. 274) (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udaññavant: {'def': '(adj.) [udan = uda(ka) + vant] rich in water, well-watered J.V,405 (= udaka-sampanna C.). (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udaṅgaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [ud + aṅgaṇa¹; Kern unnecessarily changes it to uttaṅkana “a place for digging for water” see Toev. p. 96] an open place J.I,109. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udaṇha: {'def': '[ud + aṇha] day-break, dawn, sunrise J.V,155. (Page 133)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udda: {'def': '【阳】水獭(otter)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '¹ [Vedic udra, to uda² water, lit. living in water; Cp. Gr. u(/dros “hydra”; Ohg. ottar = Ags. otor = E. otter; Lith. ûdra = Obulg. vydra otter] an aquatic animal, the otter (?) Childers s. v. doubts the identity of this creature with the regular otter, since it lives in the jungle. Is it a beaver -- Vin.I,186 (°camma otter-skin, used for sandals); Cp. I.10² (°pota); J.III,51 sq., 335. The names of two otters at J.III,333 are Gambhīra-cārin and Anutīra-cārin. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [for uda²?] water, in passage amakkhito uddena, amakkhito semhena, a. ruhirena i. e. not stained by any kind of (dirty) fluid D.II,14; M.III,122. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】水獭。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddalomī: {'def': '[= udda + lomin beaver-hair-y ] a woollen coverlet with a fringe at each end D.I,7 (= ubhato dasaṁ uṇṇā-may’attharaṇaṁ; keci ubhato uggata-pupphaṁ ti vadanti DA.I,87); A.I,181. See however uddha-lomin under uddhaṁ. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddasseti: {'def': '(u出+dis指出+e), 出示，揭示。uddassesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + dis + e), 出示，揭示。 uddassesi, 【过】。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + dasseti, Caus. of dassati¹] to show, reveal, point out, order, inform, instruct D.II,321 sq.; M.I,480 (read uddassessāmi for conjectured reading uddisissāmi?); II,60 (v. l. uddiset°) A.IV,66. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddaya: {'def': '² in compounds dukkh° and sukh°. see udraya. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '¹ [a (metric?) variant of udaya] gain, advantage, profit Vv 84⁷ (see udaya); J v.39 (satt°-mahāpaduma of profit to beings?). (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddaṇḍa: {'def': '[ud + daṇḍa] a kind of building (or hut), in which the sticks stand out (?) Nd¹ 226 = Nd² 97⁶ (uṭanda) = Vism.25 (v. l. BB uṭṭanda). (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddehaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ud + dih, see deha] “bubbling up”, only adv. °ṁ in cpd. pheṇ° (paccamāna) boiling) under production of scum (foam) M.III,167; A.I,141; J.III,46; Miln.357. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddehakaŋ: {'def': '【副】起泡地，沸腾地。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddehakaṁ: {'def': '【副】起泡地，沸腾地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddeka: {'def': 'udreka,【阳】1.打嗝。2.喷出。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. udreka, ud + ric] vomit, spouting out, eruption Vism.261 (where id. p. at KhA 61 reads uggāra); °ṁ dadāti to vomit Vin.I,277. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'udreka, 【阳】 1. 打嗝。 2. 喷出。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddekanika: {'def': '(adj.) [uddeka + ana + ika] spouting, ejecting M.II,39 (maṇika; perhaps better to be read with v. l. as udañjanika = udañcanika fit for drawing up water). (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddesa: {'def': '(fr. uddisati) --,【阳】1.指示(1. pointing out, setting forth, proposition, exposition, indication, programme)。2.解释(explanation)，3.朗诵。uddesaka,【形】指出的人，背诵者。uddesika,【形】指引，提到，纪念物。(与 vassa【合】), 有…的年龄。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. uddisati] -- 1. pointing out, setting forth, proposition, exposition, indication, programme M.III,223 (u. uddiṭṭha), 239; S.IV,299; SnA 422. -- 2. explanation S.V,110 sq.; sa-uddesa (adj.) with (the necessary) expl^n., point by point, in detail, D.I,13, 81; III,111; A.III,418; It.99; Nd² 617¹. -- 3. samaṇuddesa one marked as a Samaṇa, a novice (cp. sāmaṇera) D.I,151; M.III,128; A.IV,343; uddesa-bhatta special or specified food Vin.I,58 = 96, cp. II.175, propounding, recitation, repetition Vin.I,50 = II.228 (uddesena paripucchāya ovādena by recitation, questioning & advice); II,219 (°ṁ dadāti to hold a recitation + paripucchaṁ d); A.IV,114 (+ paripucchā); V,50 sq. (pañho, u. veyyākaraṇaṁ); Nd² 385² (+ paripucchā); J.I,116; Miln.257 (+paripucchā). ek’uddesa a single repetition Vin.III,47; A.III,67, 180; Miln.10, 18. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 指示。 2. 提出，3. 朗诵。 ~ka, 【形】指出的人，背诵者。~sika, 【形】指出，提到，纪念物。 (与 vassa【合】), 有…的年龄。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddesaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. uddesa] assigning, defining, determining, in bhatt° one who sorts out the food VvA.92. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddesika: {'def': '(adj. nt.) [fr. uddesa] -- 1. indicating, referring to, respecting, defining; (nt.) indication, definition D.II,100 (mam °bhikkhusaṅgho); Miln.159 (id.); KhA 29. ‹-› Esp. as --° in phrase aṭṭha-vass’uddesika-kāla the time referring to (or indicating) the 8^th year, i. e. at the age of 8 PvA.67; soḷasa-vass° M.I,88; J.I,456; VvA.259. In the same application padesika (q. v.). -- 2. memorial J.IV,228 (cetiya). (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddha: {'def': '【形】上面的，向上的。uddhagga,【形】顶端向上的，显著的，有益的。uddhaggika,【形】促进精神上的福利的。uddhaṁ tiriyaṁ apācīnaṁ, nandi tesaṁ na vijjati.(於上下四方，对於他们(诸佛)无可喜乐的。据注释书：「上下四方」有三释：(一)上为头发之顶，下为跖，左右为中央。(二)上为过去，下为未来，四方为现在。(三)上为天界，下为恶趣，四方为人界。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [possibly a comb^n. of aḍḍha² & uddhaṁ; or should we read aḍḍh° or vuḍḍh°?] in phrase uddhehi vatthehi in rich, lofty clothes J.IV,154 (of a devatā; passage may be corrupt). (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】上面的，向上的。 ~agga, 【形】顶端向上的，显着的，有益的。 ~aggika, 【形】促进精神上的福利的。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddhacca: {'def': '【中】分心，慌张，傲慢。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [substantivised ger. of ud-dharati, ud + dhṛ, cp. uddhaṭa & uddhata. The BSk. auddhatya shows a strange distortion. BSk. uddhava seems to be also a substitute for uddhacca] over-balancing, agitation, excitement, distraction, flurry (see on meaning Dialogues I.82; Dhs.trsl^n. 119; Cpd. 18, 45, 83). A.I,256, 282; III,375, 421, 449; IV,87; V,142, 145, 148; D.III,234; S.V,277 sq.; DhSA 260; SnA 492 (in sense of “haughtiness”? for Sn.702 uṇṇata); Nd¹ 220, 501; Ps.I,81, 83; II,9, 97 sq.; 119, 142, 145, 169, 176; Pug.18, 59; Dhs.427, 429 (cittassa), 1159, 1229, 1426, 1482; Vbh.168, 369, 372, 377; Vism.137, 469 (= uddhata-bhāva); Sdhp.459. Together with kukkucca “flurry or worry” u. is enum^d. as the 4^th of the 5^th nīvaraṇa’s and as the 9^th of the 10 saṁyojana’s (q. v.), e. g. at D.I,71, 246; III,49, 234, 269, 278; S.I,99; A.I,3; III,16; V,30; Nd² 379; Dhs.1486. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹u上+dhu抖落),【中】分心，慌张，掉举。uddhaccakukkucca, 掉举.懊悔。古译作：调戏盖。uddhaccapakatika(=uddhato hoti capalo)﹐有掉举的性质。Abhidhammatthavibhāvinīṭīkā(阿毘达摩义广释)(CS:p.108)：Uddhatassa bhāvo uddhaccaṁ, taṁ cittassa avūpasama-lakkhaṇaṁ pāsāṇābhighāta-samuddhata-bhasmaṁ viya.(动摇的状态，为掉举；心的不寂静相，譬如拿起石头丢灰烬。)。《法集论》Dhammasaṅgaṇī#1165(PTS:1162)：什么是‘掉举’？那个心掉举、不寂静、心的扰乱、心的混乱--这称为掉举。(Tattha katamaṁ uddhaccaṁ? Yaṁ cittassa uddhaccaṁ avūpasamo cetaso vikkhepo bhantattaṁ cittassa--idaṁ vuccati uddhaccaṁ.) AA.1.2.(CS:p.1.26)：Tattha uddhaccaṁ nāma cittassa uddhatākāro. Kukkuccaṁ nāma akatakalyāṇassa katapāpassa tappaccayā vippaṭisāro.( ‘掉举’为心的作动摇。掉举：后悔不作善的因缘，作恶的因缘。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddhagga: {'def': '(adj.) [uddha + agga] -- 1. standing on end (lit. with raised point). bristling, of the hair of a Mahāpurisa D.II,18 = III,144, 154. -- 2. prominent, conspicuous J.IV,345 (°rājin having prominent stripes, of a lion). ‹-› 3. pointing upwards (of the lower teeth, opp. adhagga point-downwards) J.V,156 (= heṭṭhima-danta C.). ‹-› 4. lofty, beneficial (of gifts) A.II,68 (dakkhiṇā); III,46 (id.) see also uddhaggika. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhaggika: {'def': '(adj.) [cp. uddhagga) aiming at or resulting in a lofty end, promoting spiritual welfare, beneficial (of gifts) D.I,51 = III,66; S.I,90; A.III,259; DA.I,158. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhaja: {'def': '(adj.) [uddhaṁ + ja] upright, honest M.I,386 (v. l. for pannadhaja). (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhambhāgiya-saṁyojana: {'def': '﹐上分结；证悟阿罗汉道，这五上分结也被完全断除；它们是：对色界生命之欲(色界欲)、对无色界生命之欲(无色界欲)、我慢、掉举与无明。“Pañcimāni, bhikkhave, uddhambhāgiyāni saṁyojanāni. Katamāni pañca? Rūparāgo, arūparāgo, māno, uddhaccaṁ, avijjā.(诸比丘！有五种上分结。什么是五？色染、无色染、慢、掉举、无明。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddhamma: {'def': '【阳】邪法，错误的教义。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】邪法，错误的教义。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + dhamma] false doctrine Dpvs.V,19. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhana: {'def': '(nt.) [*ud-dhvana, fr. ud + dhvan instead of dhmā, for uddhamana (*uddhmāna Sk.), see dhamati] an oven J.I,33, 68, 71, 346; II,133, 277; III,178, 425; V,385, 471; II,218 (kammār°), 574; Sn.p. 105; Miln.118, 259; Vism.171, 254; DhA.I,52, 224; II,3; III,219 (°panti); IV,176. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】燃烧处，烤箱。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】灶，炉灶，燃烧处，烤箱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddhapāda: {'def': '【形】脚后跟向上的。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】脚后跟向上的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddharati: {'def': '(u + har + a), 升起，升高，拉出，除去，连根拔起。 uddhari, 【过】。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + dharate of dhṛ] -- 1. (in this meaning confused with ubbharati from bṛh, cp. interchange of ddh & bbh in uddha: ubbha, possibly also with bṛh: see abbahati and cp. ubbahati¹). (a) to raise, rise, lift up; hence: to raise too much, overbalance, shake etc.: see pp. uddhata (*udbhṛta) & cp. uddhacca & uddharaṇa. -- (b) to take up, lift, to remove, take away D.I,135 (baliṁ uddhareyya raise a tax); M.I,306 (hiyaṁ); J.I,193 (aor. poet. udaddhari = uddharitvā kaḍḍhitvā pavaṭṭesi C.); VvA.157. -- Caus. uddharāpeti Vin.II,180, 181; J.VI,95. -- 2. to pull out, draw out (syn. with abbahati, q. v. for comparison) D.II,77 (ahiṁ karaṇḍā uddhareyya, further on ahi k. ubbhato) PvA.115 (= abbahati); imper. uddharatha J.II,95 (for abbaha); Dh.327 (attānaṁ duggā); aor. uddhari J.III,190 (aṅkena); cond. uddhare Th.1, 756; ger. uddharitvā D.I,234; Nd¹ 419; SnA 567; DhA.IV,26; PvA.139, & (poet.) uddhatvā J.IV,406 (cakkhūni, so read for T. laddhatvañ cakkhūni = akkhīni uddharitvā C.). -- pp. uddhaṭa & ubbhata. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+har拿+a), 升起，拉出，收拾，除去，连根拔起。uddhari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddharaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. uddharati] -- 1. taking up, lifting, raising Miln.307 (sass°-samaya the time of gathering the corn; to uddharati 1. but cp. in same meaning uddhaṭa from uddharati 2). DA.I,192. -- 2. pulling or drawing out (cp. uddharati 2) Vin.III,29. See also ubbahati². (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】升高，拉出，连根拔起。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】升高，拉出，连根拔起。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddharin: {'def': 'īn anuddharin Sn.952 see under niṭṭhurin. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhasetā: {'def': 'see uddhasta. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhasta: {'def': '[pp. of uddhaṁseti, see dhaṁsati & cp. anuddhaṁ seti] attacked, perhaps “spoilt” (smothered!) in comb^n. with pariyonaddha (covered) at A.I,202 (T. uddhaseta, expl^d. by upari dhaṁsita C.); II,211 (vv. ll. uddhasotā for °etā & uddhaṁso). -- Registered with an° as anuddhasta in Index vol. to A, should however be read as anuddhasta (q. v.). Cp. also viddhasta. Uddhāra (& ubbhāra in Vin.; e. g. II.255, cp. 256 where ubbhata unterchanges with uddhāra) [fr. uddharati¹] ‹-› 1. taking away, withdrawal, suspension, in kaṭhin° (q. v.) Vin.I,255 sq.; III,262; IV,287; V,177 sq. -- 2. a tax, levy, debt, in phrase °ṁ sodheti (so read for sādheti Loc. cit.) to clear up a debt J.II,341; III,106; IV,45, 247. uddhāra-sodhana (v. l. sādh°) the clearance of a debt J.II,341. -- 3. synopsis or abstract Dpvs.V,37 (atth° of the meaning of the Vin.); SnA 237 (atth° + pad°). (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhata: {'def': '【过分】已摇动，已傲慢。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已摇动，已傲慢。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of uddharati¹; as to its relation to uddhaṭa see remarks under uddhacca]. -- 1. lifted up, raised, risen, high (of the sun, only in this special phrase u. aruṇo) Vin.II,236; Ud.27 (vv. ll. uggata & uddhasta). ‹-› 2. unbalanced, disturbed, agitated, shaken S.I,61 (+ unnaḷa “muddled in mind & puffed up” trsl.), 204 (id.) V.112 (līnaṁ cittaṁ uddhataṁ c.), 114 = Vism.133, 269; A.II,23; III,391; V,93 sq., 142, 163; It.72; Th.2, 77 (so read with v. l., T. has uddhaṭa; ThA.80 expl^ns. as nān’ārammaṇe vikkhitta-citta asamāhita); Nd² 433 (+ avūpasanta-citto); Pug.35 (= uddhaccena samannāgata Pug.A 217). --an° well balanced, not shaken, calm, subdued M.I,470; A.II,211; V,93 sq., 104; Sn.850 (= uddhaccavirahita SnA 549); Dh.363 (= nibbutacitto DhA.IV,93); J.V,203; Vv 64⁸. -- See also ubbhata. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhaŋ: {'def': '【副】高耸，在上面，向前地，因此。 ~gama, 【形】向上去。~bhāgiya, 【形】上部份的。 ~virecana, 【中】呕吐，引起呕吐的动作。~sota, 【形】在生活的风潮里往上升。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddhaŋseti: {'def': '(u + dhaŋs + e), 破坏，带来毁灭。 ~esi, 【过】。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddhaṁ: {'def': '(& Uddha°) (indecl.) [nt. of adj. *uddha = Sk. ūrdhva high; to Idg. *ared(h) as in Lat. arduus steep, or *ured as in Sk. vardhate to raise, Gr. o)rqόs straight] high up, on top, above (adv. & prep.). -- On uddhaṁ in spatial, temporal, ethical & psychological application see in detail Nd² 155. -- I. (adv.). -- A. (of space) up, aloft, on top, above (opp. adho) Vin.III,121; KhA 248 (= upari). -- In contrast with adho (above › below) D.I,23, 153, 251; Vism.176 (u. adho tiriyaṁ expl^d.); DA.I,98 (see also adho). -- Esp. with ref. to the points of the compass as “in zenith” (opp. adho “in nadir”), e. g. at D.I,222 (“straight up”); It.120; J.I,20. ‹-› B. (of time) in future, ahead, hence Sn.894; Nd¹ 303 (u. vuccati anāgataṁ). -- II. (prep. with Abl. & Instr.). ‹-› A. (of space) in phrase uddhaṁ pādatalā adho kesamatthakā (above the soles & below the scalp) D.II,293, 294; III,104; A.III,323; V,109. -- B. (of time) after, hence Pv.I,10¹² (u. catūhi māsehi after 4 months = catunnaṁ māsānaṁ upari PvA.52); PvA.147 (sattahi vassa satehi u., meaning here 700 years ago, cp. ito in similar application, meaning both past & future), 148 (sattāhato u. after a week; uttari v. l. BB.). -- In cpds. uddha° & uddhaṁ° (see below). The reading udhogalaṁ at PvA.104 is to corrected to adho°. -- III, Note (cp. Trenckner, Notes 60). In certain cases we find ubbhaṁ for uddhaṁ. Notice the foll.: ubbhaṁ yojanaṁ uggato J.V,269; ubbhaṭṭhako hoti “standing erect” D.I,167; M.I,78; ubbhamukhu “mouth (face) upwards”, turned upwards S.III,238; Miln.122.

(1) uddha° in: --gāmin going upwards S.V,370 sq. cchiddaka (--vātapānā) (windows) having openings above DhA.I,211. --pāda heels upwards either with adhosira (head down) A.IV,133, or avansira Vv 52²⁵ (v. l.); J.I, 233. --mukha turned upwards, adv. °ā upwards or backwards (of a river) Miln.295 (Gaṅgā u. sandati; in same context ubbha° Miln.122). --lomin “having hair on the upper side”, a kind of couch or bed (or rug on a couch) Vin.I,192 = II.163, 169. So is prob. to be read for uddalomī (q. v.). --virecana action of an emetic (lit. throwing up) (opp. adho-virecana of a purgative) D.I,12 (= uddhaṁ dosānaṁ nīharaṇaṁ DA.I,98); DhA.III,126; SnA 86. --suddha clean on top Vin.II,152. -- (2) uddhaṁ° in: --āghātanika an after-deather, a teacher who maintains that the soul exists after death D.I,31, cp. DA.I,119. --pāda feet up (& head down) Vv 52²⁵ (v. l. uddha°). --bhāgiya belonging to the upper part (opp. oram°): see saṁyojana. --virecana v. l. BB. at SnA 86 for uddha°. --sara(ṁ) (adv.) with raised or lofty voice, lit. “sounding high” Sn.901, see Nd¹ 315. --sota (adj.) one who is going upwards in the stream of life [cp. BSk. ūrdhvasrotaḥ Mahāvy § 46] D.III,237; S.V,69, 201, 205, 237, 285, 314, 378; A.I,233; II,134; IV,14 sq., 73 sq., 146, 380; V,120; Dh.218; Th.II,12; Pug.17; Nett 190; DhA.III,289; lit. up-stream at J.III,371. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【副】高耸，在上面，向前地，因此。uddhagama,【形】向上去。uddhabhāgiya,【形】上部份的。uddhavirecana,【中】呕吐，引起呕吐的动作。uddhasota,【形】在生活的风潮里往上升。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddhaṁsati: {'def': '[ud + dhaṁsati, in lit. meaning of dhvaṁs, see dhaṁsati] to fly out or up (of dust) Vv 78⁴ na tatth’uddhaṁsati rajo; expl^d. by uggacchati VvA.304. -- pp. uddhasta (q. v.). (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhaṁseti: {'def': '(u出+dhaṁs落下﹑毁灭+e), 破坏，带来毁灭。uddhaṁesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddhaṭa: {'def': '(uddharati 的【过分】)。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of uddharati²; see also uddhata, uddhita & uddhacca] -- 1. pulled out J.II,26. -- 2. pulled out, destroyed, extirpated, in phrase° dāṭha with its fangs removed (of a snake) J.I,505; II,259; VI,6. -- 3. cut off or out Miln.231 (uddhaṭ-uddhaṭe ālope whenever a piece is cut off). -- 4. drawn out, lifted out, raised J.I,143; sass°kāle at the time of lifting the corn; V,49 (°paṁsu). Cp. uddhaṭa-bīja castrated J.II,237. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(uddharati 的【过分】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddhita: {'def': '[a by-form of uddhaṭa] pulled out, destroyed, extirpated, removed J.VI,237 (°pphala = uddhaṭa-bīja C.). (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhumāta: {'def': 'uddhumātaka, 【形】肿胀的，浮肿的。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'uddhumātaka,【形】肿胀的，浮肿的。在命终之后肉体渐渐膨大，如吹满风的皮囊，所以叫「肿胀」，可作不净观(asubha)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of uddhumāyati] swollen, bloated, risen (of flour) A.I,140; Sn.200 (of a corpse); SnA 100 sq., 171; DA.I,114. Cp. next. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhumātaka: {'def': '(adj.) [prec. + ka] swollen, bloated, puffed up M.I,88 (of a corpse; + vinīlaka); Vism.178, 193 (id.); J.I,164 (udaraṁ °ṁ katvā), 420 (°nimitta appearance of being blown up); Miln.332; DhA.I,307. See also subha & asubha.

--saññā the idea of a bloated corpse A.II,17; Dhs.263; Miln.331; cp. Dhs.trsl^n. 69. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhumātatta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. uddhumāta] swollen condition Vism.178. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhumāyana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. uddhumāyati] puffing, blowing or swelling up J.IV,37. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhumāyati: {'def': '(u出+dhum+ya),肿起来，喷出。uddhumāyi,【过】。uddhumāyita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + dhum + ya),肿起来，喷出。 ~māyi, 【过】。 uddhumāyita,【过分】。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + dhmā, see dhamati & remarks on uddhacca] to be blown up, to swell up, rise; aor. °āyi J.III,26; VvA.76; ger. °ājitvā J.II,18; DhA.I,126. -- pp. uddhumāta & °āyita (q. v.). (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhumāyika: {'def': '(adj.) [cp. uddhumāyita] like blowing or swelling up, of blown-up appearance M.I,142 sq. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhumāyita: {'def': '[pp. of uddhumāyati] swollen, bloated, puffed up VvA.218. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhunāti: {'def': '[ud + dhunāti] to shake VvA.279. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhālaka: {'def': 'at J.VI,530 is to be read uddālaka. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddhāra: {'def': '【阳】撤退，拉出。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】撤退，拉出。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddisati: {'def': '(u出+dis指出+a), 指出，任命，分配，背诵。uddisi,【过】。inf. uddisituṁ。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + dis + a), 指出，任命，分配，背诵。 uddisi, 【过】。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + disati] -- to propose, point out, appoint, allot Dh.353, cp. DhA.IV,72; Miln.94 (satihāraṁ); fut. uddisissati M.I,480 (ex conj., is probably to be changed to uddassessati, q. v.). -- 2. to specify PvA.22 (aor. uddisi), 25 (= nīyādeti, dadāti), 27. -- Pass. uddissati to show oneself, to be seen Pv III,2¹², and uddissiyati PvA.46. -- pp. uddiṭṭha (q. v.). -- Caus. II. uddisāpeti (q. v.). -- ger. uddissa (q. v.) (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddissa: {'def': '(indecl.) [orig. ger. of uddisati] -- 1. indicating, with signs or indications J.III,354 = Miln.230. -- 2. prep w. Acc.: (a) (lit.) pointing to, tending towards, towards, to PvA.250 Suraṭṭha-visayaṁ). -- (b) (appl^d.) with reference to, on account of, for, concerning PvA.8 (pete), 17 (= ārabbha), 49 (ratanattayaṁ), 70 (maṁ), 146.

--kata allotted to, specified as, meant for (cp. odissa & odissaka) Vin.I,237 (maṁsa); II,163; D.I,166 = A.I,295 = Pug.55 (viz. bhikkhā); M.I,77; KhA 222; J.II,262, 263 (bhatta). (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(=uddisiva), (uddisati 的【独】), 关於，由於，为。uddissakata,【形】分配，意谓。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(=uddisiva), (uddisati 的【独】), 关于，由于，为。 ~kata, 【形】分配，意谓。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddissana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. uddissa] dedication PvA.27, 80. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddisāpeti: {'def': '(Uddisati的【使】), 令背诵，使分配。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. II. of uddisati] -- 1. to make recite Vin.I,47 = II.224; IV,290. -- 2. to dedicate PvA.35 (v. l. ādisati). (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddiya: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. udīcya?] northern, northwestern (i. e. Nepalese) J.IV,352 (°kambala) in expl^n. of uddiyāna [Sk. udīcīna?]. See udicca & cp. Morris in J.P.T.S. 1889, 202, and last not least Lüders in K. Z. 1920 (vol. 49), 233 sq. The word is not sufficiently cleared up yet. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddiṭṭha: {'def': '(Uddisati的【过分】) 指出，任命，分配，背诵。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of uddisati] -- 1. pointed out, appointed, set out, put forth, proposed, put down, codified M.I,480 (pañha); Sn.p. 91 (id. = uddesa-matten’eva vutta, na vibhaṅgena SnA 422); SnA 372. -- 2. appointed, dedicated J.V,393 (an °ṁ pupphaṁ = asukassa nāma dassāmī ti); PvA.50; KhA 138. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddosita: {'def': '[Derivation uncertain. Cp. Müller P. Gr. 42] shed, stable (?) Vin.I,140; II,278; III,200; IV,223. (Page 136)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddāla: {'def': '= uddālaka, only as Np. J.IV,298 sq. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddālaka: {'def': '[fr. ud + dal, see dalati] the Uddāla tree, Cassia Fistula (also known as indīvara), or Cordia Myxa, lit. “uprooter” Vv 6⁷ (= vātaghātako yo rājarukkho ti pi vuccati VvA.43); J.IV,301 (°rukkha), 440; V,199 (= vātaghātaka C.), 405; VI,530 (so read for uddh°); VvA.197 (°puppha = indīvara); PvA.169. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】腊肠树，鼓捶树（一种东印度群岛产的乔木 (Cassia fistula)，荚果，果肉药用——亦称致泻决明 (purging cassia)）。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】腊肠树，鼓捶树(一种东印度群岛产的乔木 (Cassia Fistula)，荚果，果肉药用——亦称致泻决明 (purging cassia))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddālana: {'def': '【中】扯出。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】扯出。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddālanaka: {'def': '(fr. uddālana › ud + dāleti), 【形】扯掉(referring to destruction or vandalism, tearing out)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. uddālana › ud + dāleti] referring to destruction or vandalism, tearing out Vin.IV,169. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddāleti: {'def': '(u出+dāl +e), 扯掉。uddālesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + dāleti, Caus. of dal, see dalati] to tear out or off Vin.IV,170; S.IV,178. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + dāl + e), 扯掉。 uddālesi, 【过】。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddāma: {'def': '[fr. ud + dā as in uddāna, see dāma] 1. (adj.) “out of bounds”, unrestrained, restless Dāvs.V,56 (°sāgara). -- 2. (n.) wall, enclosure (either as “binding in”, protecting or as equivalent of uddāpa fr. ud + vam “to throw up” in sense of to throw up earth, to dig a mound = udvapati) in phrase aṭṭāla-uddāma-parikhâdīni watchtowers, enceintes, moats etc. DhA.III,488. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】范围之外，不安静的。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】范围之外，不安静的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uddāna: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + dā, dayati to bind: see under dāma] a group of Suttas, used throughout the Vinaya Piṭaka, with ref. to each Khandhaka, in the Saṁyutta, the Aṅguttara and other books (cp. Miln.407) for each group of about ten Suttas (cp. DhsA.27). The Uddāna gives, in a sort of doggerel verse, at the end of each group, the titles of the Suttas in the group. It may then be roughly rendered “summary”. If all the Uddānas were collected together, they would form a table of contents to the whole work. -- Otherwise the word has only been found used of fishes “macchuddāna” (so J.II,425; DhA.II,132). It then means a group of fish placed apart for for sale in one lot. Perhaps a set or a batch would meet the case. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】1.列表，目录，目次，温拕南颂，摄颂。《分别功德论》：「撰三藏讫，录十经为一偈，所以尔者，为将来诵习者，惧其忘误，见名忆本，思惟自寤。」2.串，束，群。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 1. 列表，目录，目次。 2. 串，束，群。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddāpa: {'def': '[*udvāpa] foundation of a wall, in stock phrase daḷh° etc. D.III,101; S.V,194 = also at J.VI,276 (= pākāra-vatthu C.). Kern, Toev. s. v. refers it to Sk. ud-vapati to dig out, and translates “moat, ditch”. The meaning “wall” or “mound” however harmonises quite well with the der. fr. “digging”, cp. E. dike › Ger. Teich. See also uddāma 2. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】城堡，监狱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】城堡，监狱。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uddāpavant: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. uddāpa] having a wall or embankment S.II,106 (v. l. uddhā°); C. expl^s. as apato uggatattā J.IV,536 (so read with v. l. for T. uddhā pavatta; C. expl^s. as tīra-mariyādā-bandhana). (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddāraka: {'def': '[?] some wild animal J.V,416 (reading uncertain, expl^n. ditto). (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uddīpanā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ud + dīpeti] explanation, reasoning, argument Vism.27 (for ukkācanā). Uddīyati, Uddīyana ete. see udrī°. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】 1. 解释。 2. 削尖。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】1.解释。2.削尖。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udeti: {'def': '(u + i + a), 升，出来，增加。 udesi, 【过】。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+i +a), 升，出来，增加(to go out or up, to rise (of the sun), to come out, to increase)。udesi,【过】。udita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + eti of i to go] to go out or up, to rise (of the sun), to come out, to increase Asl. 169; Vism.156 (eko udetī ti ekodi); J.II,33; III,324; ppr. udayaṁ It.85 (ādicco), & udayanto PvA.154 (udayante suriye = sole surgente). -- pp. udita (see udita¹). Cp. udicca & udi. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udi: {'def': '(or udī) is artificial adj. form^n. fr. udeti, meaning “rising, excelling”, in expl^n. of ekodi at Vism.156 (udayatī ti udi uṭṭhapetī ti attho). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udicca: {'def': '【形】贵族，来自北方的。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [apparently an adjectivised ger. of udeti but distorted from & in meaning = Sk. udañc, f. udīcī northern, the north] “rising”, used in a geographical sense of the N. W. country, i. e. north-westerly, of north-western origin (cp. Brethren 79, Miln.trsl^n. II.45 n. 1) J.I,140, 324, 343, 373; Miln.236. -- See also uddiya. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(= Sk. udañc, f. udīcī northern, the north),【形】贵族，来自北方的(“rising”, used in a geographical sense of the N. W. country, i. e. north-westerly, of north-western origin)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udiccare: {'def': '3^sd. pl. pres. med. of udikkhati (q. v.). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udikkhati: {'def': '(u出+ikkh见+a),看著，审视。udikkhi,【过】。udikkhita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + ikkh + a), 看着，审视。 udikkhi, 【过】。 udikkhita, 【过分】。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + īkṣ, Sk. udīkṣate] -- 1. to look at, to survey. to perceive Vin.I,25 (udiccare, 3^sd. pl. pres. med.); J.V,71, 296; Vv 81²¹ (aor. udikkhisaṁ = ullokesiṁ VvA.316); Dāvs II 109; Sdhp.308. -- 2. to look out for, to expect J.I,344; VvA.118. -- 3. to envy Miln.338. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udikkhitar: {'def': '[n. ag. of udikkhati] one who looks for or after D III 167. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】看著的人(one who looks for or after D.III,167.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udikkhitu: {'def': '【阳】看着的人。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udikkhiya: {'def': '(udikkhati 的【独】), 看到了，看着了。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(udikkhati 的【独】), 看到了，看著了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udita: {'def': '1 (udeti 的【过分】), 已升起，已高，已提高(risen, high, elevated)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '² [pp. of vad, see vadati] spoken, proclaimed, uttered Vuttodaya 2 (quoted by Childers in Khuddaka-pātha ed. 1869, p. 22). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '2 (pp. of vad, see vadati), 已说(spoken, proclaimed)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(udeti 的【过分】), 已升起，已高，已提高。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '¹ [pp. of ud-i, see udeti] risen, high, elevated Miln.222; (°odita); Dāvs.IV,42; Sdhp.14 (of the sun) 442 (°odita). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udosita: {'def': '【阳】小屋。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udrabhati: {'def': '[? doubtful in form & etym.] to eat M.I,306 (upacikā bījaṁ na udrabheyyuṁ; vv. ll. on p. 555: udrah°, udah°, udāh°, uddhah°, uṭṭhah°; udraheyyun ti khādeyyuṁ C. (udrabhāsane, Dhātum.)). -- Note. The Dhātupāṭha, 212, and the Dhātu-mañjūsā, 311, explain udrabha by adane, eating. Udraya (& Uddaya) (-°) [perhaps a bastard form of uddaya = udaya yielding etc. The BSk. usually renders P. dd by dr. If so, then equal to adaya & uddaya¹] coming forth, result, consequence. Usually in foll. two phrases: dukkh° (yielding pain) & sukh° (giving pleasure); e. g. as dukkh° at M I 415; J.IV,398; V,119 (v. l. °indriya); Pv.I,11¹⁰ (so read for T. °andriya, cp. undriyati as v. l. for udāyati); Ps.II,79 (kammaṁ); as sukh° at J.V,389 (v. l. °indriya); DhA.II,47 (°uddaya). Both dukkh° & sukh° at Ps.I,80. Besides these in foll. comb^ns.: kaṭuk° causing bitterness J.V,241; sa° with (good or evil) consequences S.II,29; M.I,271. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udraya: {'def': 'uddaya,【形】出产的，引起。(只有在【合】中)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'uddaya, 【形】出产的，引起。 (只有在【合】中)。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udrīyana: {'def': '& Uddīyana (nt.) [fr. udrīyati] breaking or splitting open, bursting J.I,72; DhA.II,7 (°sadda), 100 (paṭhavī-uddīyana-sadda; vv. ll. uddri°, udri°). (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】爆裂，跌倒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】爆裂，跌倒。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udrīyati: {'def': 'uddīyati (u出+dar+ī+ya), 爆裂，掉入块中。udrīyi, uddīyi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'uddīyati (u + dar + ī + ya), 爆裂，掉入块中。 udrīyi, uddīyi, 【过】。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(& Uddīyati) [cp. Sk. ud dīryate, Pass of ud + dṛ, dṛṇōti, and P. darati & dalati; see also avadīyati which may be a Sanskritised oddīyati for uddīyati] to burst, split open, break, fall to pieces Vin.I,148 (vihāro udriyati); II 174 (id); IV,254 (i); D.I,96 (°īyissati = bhijjhissati DA.I,96, so read for udāyati); S I 113, 119. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udu: {'def': '(adj.) [= *ṛtu? cp. utu & uju] straight, upright, in °mano straight-minded D.III,167, 168 (= uju° in v. l. and expl^n. by C.). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(= *rtu? cp. utu & uju) ,【形】直、正直(straight, upright, in udumano straight-minded)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udukkhala: {'def': '(Sk. ulukhala),【阳】【中】研钵(a mortar)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳，中】灰泥。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(m. & nt.) [Sk. ulukhala] a mortar Vin.I,202 (+ musala pestle); J.I,502; II,428; V,49; II,161, 335; Ud.69 (m; + musaḷa); DhA.II,131 (°sala); Vism.354 (in comp.). The relation between udukkhala and musala is seen best from the description of eating at Vism.344 and DA.I,200, where the lower teeth play the role of ud., the upper teeth act as m., while the tongue takes the part of a hand. On this passage & other connections as well as etym. see Morris J.P.T.S. 1893, 37. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udukkhalikā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. udukkhala] part of a door (threshold?) Vin.II,148 (+ uttara-pasaka lintel of a door). (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udumbara: {'def': '[Sk. udumbara] the glomerous fig tree, Ficus Glomerata D.II,4; Vin.IV,35; A.IV,283 (°khādika), 283 (id.), 324 (id.); Sn.5; DhA.I,284; SnA 19; KhA 46, 56; VvA.213. Cp. odumbara. (Page 135)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Sk. udumbara),【阳】无花果(the glomerous fig tree, Ficus Glomerata优昙鉢果)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】丛生榕（东印度的一种无花果(Ficus Glomerata)，常作为一种遮荫树而栽培，叶渐尖，果红色，成小丛，树皮有收敛性）。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udāgacchati: {'def': '[ud + ā + gacchati] to come to completion Da I.288. Cp sam. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāharati: {'def': '(u出+har拿+a), 做声，背诵。udāhari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + + har + a), 做声，背诵。 udāhari, 【过】。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + ā + hṛ] to utter, recite. speak. Sn.389; J.III,289; DA.I,140 (see udāhāra). -- pp udāhaṭa (q. v.). Cp. pariy°. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāharaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. udāharati] example, instance J.III,401 (°ṁ āharitvā dassento), 510; Miln.345; SnA 445; VvA.297. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】例子，实例。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】例子，实例。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udāhaṭa: {'def': '(udāharati 的【过分】)。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(udāharati 的【过分】)已做声，已背诵。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp of udāharati] uttered, spoken; called, quoted Pug.41. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāhaṭavelā: {'def': '(udāhaṭa已做声+velā时间)﹐【阴】在已说的时候。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udāhu: {'def': '【无】或。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(indecl.) [uta + āho, cp. P. uda & aho and Sk. utāro] disjunctive-adversative particle “or”, in direct questions D I 157; II,8; Sn.599, 875, 885; J.I,20, 83; VvA.258 (= ādu); PvA.33, 51; Miln.10. -- The first part of the question is often introduced with kiṁ, while udāhu follows in the second (disjunctive) part, e. g. kin nakkhattaṁ kīḷissasi udāhu bhatiṁ karissasi VvA.63; kiṁ amhehi saddhiṁ āgamissasi udāhu pacchā will you come with us or later? DhA.II,96: See under kiṁ. -- Often comb^d with other expletive particles, e. g. udāhu ve Sn.1075, 1077; udāhu no Sn.347; eva . . . no udāhu (so . . . or not) D.I,152; (ayaṁ) nu kho -- udāhu (ayaṁ) is it (this) -- (this) Vism.313. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【无】或。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udāhāra: {'def': '【阳】说话，演讲。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. udāharati] utterance, speech DA.I,140 (°ṁ udāhari = udānaṁ udānesi); Pug.A 223, (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】说话，演讲。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udāna: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + an to breathe] -- 1. “breathing out”, exulting cry, i e. an utterance, mostly in metrical form, inspired by a particularly intense emotion, whether it be joyful or sorrowful (cp. K. S. p. 29 n. 2) D.I,50, 92; S.I,20, 27, 82, 160; A.I,67; J.I,76; Pug.43, 62; Nett 174; PvA.67; Sdhp.514. -- The utterance of such an inspired thought is usually introduced with the standing phrase “imaṁ udānaṁ udānesi” i. e. breathed forth this solemn utterance [Cp. BSk. udānaṁ udānayati Divy 99 etc.], e. g. at Vin.I,2 sq., 12, 230, 353; D.I,47; II,107 (udāna of triumph); S.III,55; Mhvs XIX.29; DA.I,140; Ud. 1 passim; SnA 354 (“the familiar quotation about the sakyas”). Occasionally (later) we find other phrases, as e. g. udānaṁ pavatti J.I,61; abhāsi Vin.IV,54; kathesi J.VI,38. -- 2. one of the aṅgas or categories of the Buddhist Scriptures: see under nava & aṅga. -- Cp. vodāna. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】有感而发表，一种情绪地发表。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】有感而发表，一种情绪地发表。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Udāneti: {'def': '(u + ā + nī + e), 以强烈的情绪发表。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[denom. f. udāna, cp. BSk. udānayati] to breathe out or forth, usually in phrase udānaṁ udānesi: see under udāna¹. Absolutely only at J.III,218. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+ā+nī+e), 以强烈的情绪发表。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udānita: {'def': '[pp. of udāneti] uttered, breathed forth, said DhA.IV,55. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāpatvā: {'def': 'at J.V,255 is uncertain reading (v. l. udapatvā, C. expl^ns. reading udapatvā by uppatitvā = flying up), perhaps we should read udapatta flew up, pret. of ud + pat = Sk. *udapaptat (so Kern, Toev. s. v.). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāra: {'def': '【形】贵族，优良的，很棒的，高。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】贵族，优良的，很棒的，高。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. udāra, of which the usual P. form is ulāra (q. v.). Cp. BSk. audāra & audārika.] raised, sublime, noble, excellent Dāvs III,4 (samussit-odāra-sitātapattaṁ); DA.I,50 (°issariya); Sdhp.429, 591. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāsīna: {'def': '【形】漠不关心的，消极的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】漠不关心的，消极的。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ud + āsīna, pp. of ās to sit; lit. sit apart, be indifferent] indifferent, passive, neutral DhsA.129. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāvatta: {'def': '[pp. of udāvattate, ud + ā vattati] retired, desisting J.V,158 (= udāvattitva nivattitva C). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāyati: {'def': 'at DA.I,266 (udāyissati fut.) is hardly correct; D.I,96 has here udrīyissati (q. v.), which belongs to darati to break, tear etc., udāyati could only belong to dāyāti meaning to cut, mow, reap. but not to split etc. DA.I,266 expl^ns. udāyissati with bhijjhissati. The difficulty is removed by reading udrīyissati. To v. l. undriyati cp. °undriya for °uddaya (dukkh° for dukkhudraya see udraya). We find udāyati once more at Vism.156 in expl^n. of ekodi where it is evidently meant for udeti (Caus. = uṭṭhapeti). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Udāyī: {'def': '（比库名）伍达夷，（古音译：）优陀夷', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Udīraṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. udīreti] utterance, saying J.V,237; Dhs.637, 720; Miln.145. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】说话，叙述。(p68)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(fr. udīreti),【中】说话，敍述(utterance, saying)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udīreti: {'def': '[ud + īreti, cp. in meaning īrita] -- 1. to set in motion, stir up, cause J.III,441 (dukkhaṁ udīraye Pot. = udīreyya C.); V,395 (kalahaṁ to begin a quarrel). -- 2. to utter, proclaim, speak, say S.I,190; Sn.632 (pot. °raye = bhāseyya SnA 468); Dh.408 (giraṁ udīraye = bhāseyya DhA.IV,182); J.V,78 (vākyaṁ); Pass. udīyati (uddiyyati = Sk. udīryate) Th.1, 1232 (nigghoso). (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + ir + e), 做声，发言。 udīresi, 【过】。(p69)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+ir +e), 1.推动，扰乱(to set in motion, stir up, cause)。2.做声，发言(to utter, proclaim, speak, say)。udīresi,【过】。udīyati (uddiyyati = Sk. udīryate),【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Udīrita: {'def': '[pp. of udīreti] uttered J.III,339; V,394 = 407. (Page 134)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Udīreti的【过分】), 做声，发言(uttered)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ugga: {'def': '（居士名）伍嘎，（古音译：）郁伽，郁迦', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}; {'def': '¹ (adj.) [Vedic ugra, from ukṣati, weak base of vakṣ as in vakṣana, vakṣayati = Gr. a)vέcw, Goth. wahsjan “to wax”, also Lat. augeo & P. oja] mighty, huge, strong, fierce, grave, m. a mighty or great person, noble lord D.I,103; S.I,51 = VvA.116 (uggateja “the fiery heat”); J.IV,496; V,452 (°teja); VI,490 (+ rājaputtā, expl^d. with etymologising effort as uggatā paññātā by C.); Miln.331; DhA.II,57 (°tapa); Sdhp.286 (°daṇḍa), 304 (id.). ‹-› Cp. sam°. As Np. at Vism.233 & J.I,94.

--putta a nobleman, mighty lord S.I,185 (“high born warrior” trsl.); J.VI,353 (= amacca-putta C.); Th.1, 1210. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² = uggamana, in aruṇ-ugga sunrise Vin.IV,272. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】 1. 极大的。 2. 凶猛的。 3. 有势力的人。4. 上升。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '2 = uggamana, in aruṇugga. 日出(sunrise Vin.IV,272.)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '1 (Vedic ugra, from uksati, weak base of vaks as in vaksana, vaksayati), 【形】1.极大的(mighty, huge, strong)。2.凶猛的(fierce, grave)。3.有势力的人(a mighty or great person, noble lord D.I,103; S.I,51 = VvA.116 (uggateja “the fiery heat” 炽热); J.IV.496; V.452)。uggaputta, 高贵的子弟(a nobleman, mighty lord S.I,185 (“high born warrior” trsl.); J.VI.353 (= amacca-putta王臣之儿子); Th.1, 1210.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggacchati: {'def': '(u出+gam去+a) 升，上升。uggacchi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + gam] to rise, get up out of (lit. & fig.) Th.1, 181; aruṇe uggacchante at sunrise VvA.75; Pv IV.8; Vism.43, ger. uggañchitvāna Miln.376. -- pp. uggata (q. v.). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + gam + a) 升，上升。 uggacchi, 【过】。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uggaha: {'def': '【阳】 uggahaṇa, 【中】 1. 学习，研究。 2. 着手进行。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】uggahaṇa,【中】1.学习，研究。2.著手进行。uggahanimitta﹐修习遍禅(kasiṇa)直至闭眼，遍的相能现於心中正如开眼所见，此时称为「取相」。《广释》(Vibhv.CS:p.258) ：Tadeva cakkhunā diṭṭhaṁ viya manasā uggahetabbaṁ nimittaṁ, uggaṇhantassa vā nimittanti uggahanimittaṁ.(取相：心当取的相或所取的相，正如开眼所见。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj) (-°) [fr. ud + gṛh, see gaṇhāti] -- 1. taking up, acquiring, learning Vism.96 (ācariy°), 99 (°paripucchā), 277 (kananaṭṭhānassa). -- 2. noticing, taking notice, perception (as opp. to manasikāra) Vism.125, 241 sq. neg. an° Sn.912 (= gaṇhāti Nd¹ 330). Cp. dhanuggaha. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggahaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. uggaṇhāti] learning, taking up, studying PvA.3 (sipp°). As uggaṇhana at Vism.277. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggahetar: {'def': '[n. ag. to ugganhāti, Caus. uggaheti] one who takes up, acquires or learns A.IV,196. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggahetu: {'def': '【阳】学徒，着手进行者。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】学徒，著手进行者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggahetvā: {'def': '【独】学习了，著手进行了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【独】学习了，着手进行了。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uggahita: {'def': '(uggaṇhāti 的【过分】), 1.已学习。2.已升起。3.已取错。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of uggaṇhāti] taken up, taken, acquired Vin.I,212; J.III,168 (°sippa, adj.), 325; IV,220; VI 76; Vism.241. The metric form is uggahīta at Sn.795, 833, 1098; Nd¹ 175 = Nd² 152 (= gahita parāmaṭṭha). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(uggaṇhāti 的【过分】), 1. 已学习。2. 已升起。3. 已取错。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uggahāyati: {'def': '[poetic form of uggaheti (see uggaṇhati), but according to Kern, Toev. s. v. representing Ved. udgṛbhāyati] to take hold of, to take up Sn.791 (= gaṇhāti Nd¹ 91). -- ger. uggahāya Sn.837. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggajjati: {'def': '(u + gajj + a) 大叫。 uggajji, 【过】。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+gajj +a) 大叫。uggajji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + gajjati] to shout out Nd¹ 172. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggama: {'def': '【阳】uggamana,【中】1. 上升，上升。2. 增加。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + gam; Sk. udgama] rising up Sdhp.594. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】uggamana,【中】1.上升，上升。2.增加。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggamana: {'def': '(°na) (nt.) [fr. ud + gam] going up, rising; rise (of sun & stars) D.I,10, 240; S.II,268 (suriy°); J.IV,321 (an°), 388; Pv.II,9⁴¹ (suriy°); DA.I,95 (= udayana); DhA.I,165 (aruṇ°); II,6 (id.); VvA.326 (oggaman°); PvA.109 (aruṇ°). Cp. ugga² & uggama. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggata: {'def': '(uggacchati 的【过分】), 已升起，已高，已高高。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(uggacchati 的【过分】), 已升起，已高。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of uggacchati] come out, risen; high, lofty, exalted J.IV,213 (suriya), 296 (°atta), 490; V,244; Pv IV.1⁴ (°atta one who has risen = uggata-sabhāva samiddha PvA.220); VvA.217 (°mānasa); DA.I,248; PvA.68 (°phāsuka with ribs come out or showing, i. e. emaciated, for upphāsulika). Cp. acc°. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggatta: {'def': 'in all Pv. readings is to be read uttatta°, thus at Pv III,3²; PvA.10, 188. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggatthana: {'def': 'at J.VI,590 means a kind of ornament or trinket, it should prob. be read ugghaṭṭana [fr. ghaṭṭeti] lit. “tinkling”, i. e. a bangle. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggayha: {'def': '【独】学习了，著手进行了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【独】学习了，着手进行了。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uggaṇhana: {'def': '【中】学习，研究。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】学习，研究。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggaṇhiya: {'def': 'uggaṇhitvā, 【独】学习了，着手进行了。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'uggaṇhitvā,【独】学习了，著手进行了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggaṇhāpeti: {'def': '(Uggaṇhāti的【使】), 教。uggaṇhāpesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggaṇhāti: {'def': '(u出+gah+ṇhā), 学习，著手进行。uggaṇhi,【过】。uggahita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + gah +ṇhā), 学习，着手进行。 uggaṇhi, 【过】。 uggahita, 【过分】。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + gṛh, see gaṇhāti] to take up, acquire, learn [cp. BSk. udgṛhṇāti in same sense, e. g. Divy 18, 77 etc.] Sn.912 (uggahaṇanta = uggahaṇanti = uggaṇhanti SnA 561); imper. uggaṇha J.II,30 (sippaṁ) & uggaṇhāhi Miln.10 (mantāni); ger. uggayha Sn.832, 845; Nd¹ 173. -- Caus. uggaheti in same meaning Sdhp.520; aor. uggahesi Pv III,5⁴ (nakkhatta-yogaṁ = akari PvA.198); ger. uggahetvā J.V,282, VvA.98 (vipassanākammaṭṭhānaṁ); infin. uggahetuṁ VvA.138 (sippaṁ to study a craft). -- Caus. II. uggaṇhāpeti to instruct J.V, 217; VI,353. -- pp. uggahita (q. v.). See also uggahāyati. -- A peculiar ppr. med. is uggāhamāna going or wanting to learn DA.I,32 (cp. uggāhaka). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggharati: {'def': '(u + ghar + a), 渗出。 ugghari, 【过】。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+ghar +a), 渗出。ugghari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + kṣar] to ooze Th.1, 394 = DhA.III,117. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ugghaŋseti: {'def': '(u + ghaŋs + e), 擦。 ugghaŋsesi, 【过】。 Ugghāṭeti, 【中】 1. 解开，打开。 2. 可移动的。3. 升起水的一部机器。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ugghaṁseti: {'def': '(u出+ghaṁs+e), 擦。ugghaṁsesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + ghṛṣ, see ghaṁsati¹] to rub Vin.II,106. ‹-› pp. ugghaṭṭha (q. v.). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ugghaṭeti: {'def': '[ud + ghaṭati] to open, reveal (? so Hardy in Index to Nett) Nett 9; ugghaṭiyati & ugghaṭanā ibid. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ugghaṭita: {'def': '【形】锋利的，敏锐的，努力。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】锋利的，敏锐的，努力的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of ud + ghaṭati; cp. BSk. udghaṭaka skilled Divy 3, 26 and phrase at M Vastu III,260 udghaṭitajña] striving, exerting oneself; keen, eager in cpd. °ññū of quick understanding A.II,135; Pug.41; Nett 7--9, 125; DA.I,291. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ugghaṭitaññū: {'def': '[ud-ghaṭati 之过去分词(pp.);敏锐即知者;略解即知者]', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '(ud-ghaṭati的【过分】), 敏锐智者(Ugghaṭitaññū‹(ud出+ghaṭ尽力) ),听见简短的开示，就能得到法现观(dhammābhisamayo证得道与果)。另外还有三类人︰1.vipaccitaññū (or vipañcitaññū)广说的行者--需要详加解释，才能得到法现观；2.neyya被引导的行者--经过详说后，还必须精研教义，才能得到法现观。3.padaparama(or padaparama)文句为最者--多闻、多说、多忆持、多教导，他无法在此生中法现观。(cf. Puggalapaññatti3,148.~151.)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ugghaṭṭa: {'def': '(Ugghaṭṭha?) [should be pp. of ugghaṁsati = Sk. udghṛṣṭa, see ghaṁsati¹, but taken by Bdhgh. either as pp. of or an adj. der. fr. ghaṭṭ, see ghaṭṭeti] knocked, crushed, rubbed against, only in phrase ughaṭṭa-pāda foot-sore Sn.980 (= maggakkamaṇena ghaṭṭa-pādatala etc. SnA 582); J.IV,20 (ṭṭh; expl^d. by uṇha-vālukāya ghaṭṭapāda); V,69 (= raj okiṇṇa-pāda C. not to the point). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ugghosa: {'def': '【阳】ugghosanā,【阴】一声呼喊，宣言。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ugghosanā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. ugghoseti, cp. ghosanā] proclamation DA.I,310. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ugghoseti: {'def': '[ud + ghoseti] to shout out, announce, proclaim J.I,75; DhA.II,94; PvA.127. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+ghus+e), 大叫，宣布。ugghosesi,【过】ugghosita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + ghus + e), 大叫，宣布。 ugghosesi, 【过】。 ugghosita, 【过分】。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ugghosita: {'def': '(Ugghoseti的【过分】) 大叫，宣布。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ugghāta: {'def': '【阳】摇晃，迅猛的动作。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + ghāta] shaking, jolting; jolt, jerk Vin.II,276 (yān°); J.VI,253 (an°); DhA.III,283 (yān°). (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】摇晃，迅猛的动作。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ugghāteti: {'def': '(u出+ghāt+e), 突然的猛烈动作。ugghātesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + ghāt + e), 突然的猛烈动作。 ugghātesi, 【过】。 Ugghosa, 【阳】 ugghosanā, 【阴】一声呼喊，宣言。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ugghāti: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ud + ghāta] -- 1. shaking, shock VvA.36. -- 2. striking, conquering; victory, comb^d. with nighāti Sn.828; Nd¹ 167; SnA 541; Nett 110 (T. reads ugghāta°). (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ugghātita: {'def': '[pp. of ugghāteti, denom. fr. udghāta] struck, killed A.III,68. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ugghāteti的【过分】) 突然的猛烈动作。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ugghāṭana: {'def': '(nt.?) [fr. ugghāṭeti] that which can be removed, in °kiṭikā a curtain to be drawn aside Vin.II,153 (cp. Vin Texts III,174, 176). Ch s. v. gives “rope & bucket of a well” as meaning (kavāṭaṁ anugghāṭeti). Cp. ugghaṭanā. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ugghāṭeti: {'def': '(u + ghāt + e), 打开，解开，除去，废止。 ugghāṭesi, 【过】。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】1.解开，打开。2.可移动的。3.升起水的一部机器。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[for ugghaṭṭeti, ud + ghaṭṭ but BSk. udghāṭayati Divy 130] to remove, take away, unfasten, abolish, put an end to Vin.II,148 (tālāni), 208 (ghaṭikaṁ); IV,37; J.II,31; VI,68; Miln.140 (bhava-paṭisandhiṁ), 371; Vism.374. -- Caus. II. ugghāṭāpeti to have opened J.V,381. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+ghāt +e), 打开，解开，除去，废止。ugghāṭesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ugghāṭita: {'def': '[pp. of ugghāṭeti] opened Miln.55; DhA.I,134. (Page 127)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Ugghāṭeti的【过分】) 打开，解开，除去，废止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggilati: {'def': '(u + gil + a), 吐出，呕吐。 uggili, 【过】。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+gil+a), 吐出，呕吐。uggili,【过】。S.42.9./IV,324.︰“neva sakkhati uggilituṁ, neva sakkhati ogilitun”ti.(既不能吐，也不能咽。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '= uggirati¹, i. e. to spit out (opp. ogilati) M.I,393; S.IV,323; J.III,529; Miln.5; PvA.283. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggirati: {'def': '¹ [Sk. udgirati, ud + gṛ²; but BSk. udgirati in meaning to sing, chant, utter, formation fr. gṛ² instead of gṛ¹, pres. gṛṇāti; in giraṁ udgirati Jtm 31²⁶. -- The by-form uggirati is uggilati with interchange of ḷ and ṛ, roots *gṛ & *gḷ, see gala & gilati] to vomit up (“swallow up”) to spit out Ud.14 (uggiritvāna); DA.I,41 (uggāraṁ uggiranto). Cp. BSk. prodgīrṇa cast out Divy 589. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '² [cp. Sk. udgurate, ud + gur] to lift up, carry Vin.IV,147 = DhA.III,50 (talasattikaṁ expl^d. by uccāreti); J.I,150 (āvudhāni); VI,460, 472. Cp. sam°. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + gir + a), 1. 举起。 2. 挥舞。3. 做声。4. 打嗝。 uggiri, 【过】。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+gir +a), 1.举起。2.挥舞。3.做声。4.打嗝。uggiri,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggiraṇa: {'def': '【中】1.说话。2.挥。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 1. 说话。 2. 挥。(p65)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uggāhaka: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. ud + gṛh, see uggaṇhāti] one who is eager to learn J.V,148 [cp. M Vastu III,373 ogrāhaka in same context]. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】学徒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】学徒。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uggāhamāna: {'def': 'see uggaṇhāti. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uggāra: {'def': '【阳】打嗝，喷射，从胃吐出的风。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + gṛ or *gḷ to swallow, see gala & gilati; lit. to swallow up] spitting out, vomiting, ejection Vism.54; DA.I,41; KhA 61. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】打嗝，喷射，从胃吐出的风。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uggīva: {'def': '(nt.) [ud + gīva] a neckband to hold a basket hanging down J.VI,562 (uggīvañ c’âpi aṁsato = aṁsakūṭe pacchi-lagganakaṁ C.). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uhuṅkara: {'def': '[onomat. uhu + kara, see under ulūka] an owl (lit. “uhu”--maker) J.VI,538 (= ulūka C.). (Page 158)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjagghati: {'def': '(u + jaggh + a) 大声地笑。 ujjagghi, 【过】。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + jagghati] to laugh at, deride, mock, make fun of Vin.III,128; Th.2, 74 (spelt jjh = hasati ThA.78); A.III,91 (ujjh°, v. l. ujj°) = Pug.67 (= pāṇiṁ paharitvā mahāhasitaṁ hasati Pug.A 249). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+jaggh+a) 大声地笑。ujjagghi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujjagghikā: {'def': '【阴】大声的笑。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】大声的笑。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ujjahati: {'def': '(u出+ha+a), 放弃。ujjahi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + ha + a), 放弃。 ujjahi, 【过】。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + jahati] to give up, let go; imper. ujjaha S.I,188; Th.2, 19; Sn.342. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjala: {'def': '(adj.) [ud + jval, see jalati] blazing, flashing; bright, beautiful J.I,220; Dāvs II.63. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】明亮的，炽燃的(blazing, flashing; bright, beautiful)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】明亮的，炽燃的。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ujjalana: {'def': '(梵ujjvālana),【中】点亮(lighting)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujjalati: {'def': '[ud + jalati, jval] to blaze up, shine forth Vin.I,31; VvA.161 (+ jotati). -- Caus. ujjāleti to make shine, to kindle Vin.I,31; Miln.259; Vism.428; ThA.69 (Ap. V.14, read dīpāṁ ujjālayiṁ); VvA.51 (padīpaṁ). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+jal(梵jval)+a), 发亮，燃烧起来(to blaze up, shine forth)。ujjali,【过】。ujjalita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + jal + a), 发亮，燃烧起来。 ujjali, 【过】。 ujjalita, 【过分】。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ujjava: {'def': '(adj.) [ud + java] “running up”, in cpd. ujjav-ujjava a certain term in the art of spinning or weaving Vin.IV,300, expl^d. by “yattakaṁ patthena (patthana?) añcitaṁ hoti tasmi takkamhi vedhite”. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjavanikā: {'def': '【阴】向逆流航去的船。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】向逆流航去的船。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ujjavanikāya: {'def': 'Instr. fem. of ujjavanaka used as adv. [ud + javanaka, q. v.] up-stream, lit “running up” Vin.II,290; IV,65 (in expl^n. of uddhaṁgāmin, opp. ojavanikāya). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjavati: {'def': '[ud + javati] to go up-stream Vin.II,301. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + ju + a), 向逆流去。 ujjavi, 【过】。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+ju+a), 向逆流去。ujjavi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujjaṅgala: {'def': '【形】不育的，沙的，含沙的，沙质。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】不育的，沙的，含沙的，沙质。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + jaṅgala] hard, barren soil; a very sandy and deserted place D.II,146 (°nagaraka, trsl. “town in the midst of a jungle”, cp. Dial. II.161); J.I,391; Vv 85⁵ (= ukkaṁsena jaṅgala i. e. exceedingly dusty or sandy, dry); Pv.II,9⁷⁰ (spelt ujjhaṅgala, expl^d. by ativiya-thaddhabhūmibhāga at PvA.139); Vism.107. Also in BSk. ujjaṅgala, e. g. M Vastu II.207. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjhaggati: {'def': 'see ujjagghati. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjhaggikā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ujjagghati, spelling varies] loud laughter Vin.II,213, cp. IV.187. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjhati: {'def': '(ujjh + a) 离开，放弃。 ujjhi, 【过】。 ujjhiya, ujjhitvā, 【独】。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Sk. ujjhati, ujjh] -- 1. to forsake, leave, give up J.VI,138; Dāvs II.86. -- 2. to sweep or brush away J.VI,296. -- pp. ujjhita (q. v.). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ujjh+a) 离开，抛弃(台语：扌穴掬hiat kak8)。ujjhi,【过】。ujjhiya, ujjhitvā,【独】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujjhatti: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ud + jhāyati¹, corresponding to a Sk. *ud-dhyāti] irritation, discontent A.IV,223, 467 (v. l. ujj°); cp. ujjhāna. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjhita: {'def': '(Ujjhati 的【过分】), 已放弃，已抛弃，已丢出。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ujjhati 的【过分】), 已放弃，已抛弃，已丢出。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of ujjhati] destitute, forsaken; thrown out, cast away M.I,296 (+ avakkhitta); Th.1, 315 (itthi); 2, 386 (cp. ThA.256 vātakkhitto viya yo koci dahano); Dh.58 (= chaḍḍita of sweepings DhA.I,445); J.III,499; V,302; VI,51. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjhāna: {'def': '【中】生气，诉苦, 抱怨。 ~saññī, 【形】有责备意向的。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】生气，诉苦，抱怨。ujjhānasaññī,【形】有责备意向的，找喳(faultfinder)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [ud + jhāna¹ or jhāna²?] -- 1. taking offence, captiousness Dh.253 (= paresaṁ randha-gavesitāya DhA.III,377); Miln.352 (an°-bahula). -- 2. complaining, wailing J.IV,287.

--saññin, --saññika irritable S.I,23; Th.1, 958; Vin.II,214, cp. IV.194; Dpvs II.6; DhA.III,376 (°saññitā irritability). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjhāpana: {'def': '【中】令人生气的。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + jhāyati¹ or jhāyati² to burn, to which jhāpeti to bring to ruin etc.? cp. ujjhāna] stirring up, provoking J.V,91 (devat°), 94 (°kamma). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】令人生气的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujjhāpanaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ujjhāpana] one who stirs up another to discontent Vin.IV,38. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjhāpeti: {'def': '(u出+jhe +āpe), 激怒，使人诉苦。ujjhāpesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + jhe + āpe), 激怒，使人诉苦。 ujjhāpesi, 【过】。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Caus. of ujjhāyati] to harass, vex, irritate M.I,126; S.I,209 (“give occasion for offence”); Vin.IV,38 (cp. p. 356); J.V,286; PvA.266. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujjhāyati: {'def': '(u出+jhe+a)。发牢骚。ujjhāyi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + jhāyati¹ or perhaps more likely jhāyati² to burn, fig. to be consumed. According to Müller P. G. pp. 12 & 42 = Sk. ava-dhyā, but that is doubtful phonetically as well as semantically] to be irritated, to be annoyed or offended, to get angry, grumble; often in phrase ujjhāyati khīyati vipāceti expressing great annoyance Vin.I,53, 62, 73; II,207; IV,226; S.I,232 & passim. -- S.I,232 (mā ujjhāyittha); J.II,15; DhA.II,20; aor. ujjhāyi J.I,475; DhA.II,88; inf. ujjhātuṁ J.II,355. ‹-› Caus. ujjhāpeti (q. v.). (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + jhe + a)。发牢骚。 ujjhāyi, 【过】。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ujjota: {'def': '[ud + *jot of jotati, Sk. uddyotate] light, lustre J.I,183 (°kara); Miln.321. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】点燃，光彩。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】点燃，光彩。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ujjoteti: {'def': '(u出+jut+e), 照亮。ujjotesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + jut + e), 照亮。 ujjotesi, 【过】。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ujjotita: {'def': '[pp. of ujjoteti, ud + joteti] illumined Dāvs.V,53. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Ujjoteti的【过分】) 照亮。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujju: {'def': '﹐【形】正直的，质直的。ujjubhūta﹐【形】已变成正直。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& Ujjuka see uju & ujuka. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uju: {'def': 'ujuka, 【形】直的，垂直的。 ~gata,~bhūta, 【形】直的，正直的生活。 ~tā, 【阴】正直，率直。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '& Ujju (adj.) [Vedic ṛju, also ṛjyati, irajyate to stretch out: cp. Gr. o]rέgw to stretch; Lat. rego to govern; Goth. ufrakjan to straighten up; Ohg. recchen = Ger. recken = E. reach; Oir. rēn span. See also P. ajjava] straight, direct; straightforward, honest, upright D.III,150 T. ujja), 352 (do.) 422, 550; Vv 18⁷ (= sabba-jimha-vaṅka-kuṭilabhāv’âpagama-hetutāya u. VvA.96); Pug.59; Vbh.244 (ujuṁ kāyaṁ paṇidhāya); Vism.219 (uju avaṅka akuṭila); DA.I,210 (id.), KhA 236; DhA.I,288 (cittaṁ ujuṁ akuṭilaṁ nibbisevanaṁ karoti); VvA.281 (°koṭi-vaṅka); PvA.123 (an°).

--aṅgin (ujjaṅgin) having straight limbs, neg. an° not having straight limbs, i. e. pliable, skilful, nimble, graceful J.V,40 (= kañcana-sannibha-sarīra C.); VI,500 (T. anuccaṅgin = anindita-agarahitaṅgin C.). --gata walking straight, of upright life M.I,46; A.III,285 sq. (°citta); V,290 sq.; Sn.350 (ujju°), 477 (id.); Dh.108 (ujju°, see DhA.II,234 for interpretation). --gāmin, neg. an° going crooked, a snake J.IV,330. --cittatā straightness, unwieldiness of heart Vbh.350. --diṭṭhitā the fact of having a straightforward view or theory (of life) Miln.257. --paṭipanna living uprightly D.I,192; S.IV,304; V,343; Vism.219. --magga the straight road D.I,235; Vin.V,149; It.104; J.I,344; VI,252; DhA.II,192. --bhāva straightness, uprightness SnA 292, 317; PvA.51. --bhūta straight, upright S.I,100, 170; II,279, V.384, 404; A.II,57; IV,292; J.I,94; V,293 (an°); Vv 34²³ (see VvA.155); Pv.I,10¹⁰ (= citta-jimha-vaṅkakutīla-bhāva-karānaṁ kilesānaṁ abhāvena ujubhāvappatta PvA.51). --vaṁsa straight lineage, direct descendency J.V,251. --vāta a soft wind Miln.283. --vipaccanīka in direct opposition D.I,1; M.I,402; DA.I,38. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'ujju,(Vedic rju, also rjyati, irajyate to stretch out),【形】直的，垂直的。A.2.4./I,63.︰“Sekho asekho ca imasmiṁ loke, āhuneyyā yajamānānaṁ honti. Te ujjubhūtā kāyena, vācāya uda cetasā. Khettaṁ taṁ yajamānānaṁ, ettha dinnaṁ mahapphalan”ti.(在此世间有学与无学，堪受施者之崇拜(、供奉)，(因为他们)身正直、语正直、意也正直，施予此(福)田此处的布施得大果。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujugata: {'def': '﹐Ujubhūta,【形】直的，正直的生活。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujujātika: {'def': '【形】正直的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujuka: {'def': '(梵rujaka),【形】真直的，真正直的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '& Ujjuka (adj.) [uju + ka] straight, direct, upright M.I,124; S.I,33 (ujuko so maggo, the road to Nibbāna), 260 (citta); IV,298; V,143, 165; J.I,163; V,297 (opp. khujja); DhA.I,18 (°magga); Sdhp.321. --anujjuka crooked, not straight S.IV,299; J.III,318. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujukatā: {'def': '(abstr. fr. ujuka),【阴】真直性(straightness, rectitude) (kāyassa, cittassa))。Dhs.#50.：Katamā tasmiṁ samaye kāyujukatā hoti? Yā tasmiṁ samaye vedanākkhandhassa saññākkhandhassa saṅkhārakkhandhassa 1ujutā 2ujukatā 3ajimhatā 4avaṅkatā 5akuṭilatā-- ayaṁ tasmiṁ samaye kāyujukatā hoti.(在此时什么是‘心所正直性’？此时是凡是受蕴、想蕴、行蕴的1正直性、2真直性、3不弯曲性、4不歪性、5不奸诈性，即此时是心所正直性)。 Dhs.#51.：Katamā tasmiṁ samaye cittujukatā hoti? Yā tasmiṁ samaye viññāṇakkhandhassa 1ujutā 2ujukatā 3ajimhatā 4avaṅkatā 5akuṭilatā--ayaṁ tasmiṁ samaye cittujukatā hoti.(在此时什么是‘心正直性’？此时是凡是识蕴的1正直性、2真直性、3不弯曲性、4不歪性、5不奸诈性，即此时是心正直性。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. ujuka] straightness, rectitude Dhs.50, 51 (kāyassa, cittassa); Vism.436 sq. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ujutā: {'def': '【阴】正直，率直，忠厚(台语：tiong hou7)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [abstr. of uju] straight(forward)ness, rectitude Dhs.50, 51. (Page 128)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(abstr. of uju),【阴】正直性(straight(forward)ness, rectitude)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ujuŋ: {'def': '【副】直线地，直接地，老实地，坦率地。(p66)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ujuṁ: {'def': '【副】直线地，直接地，老实地，坦率地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkala: {'def': 'in phrase ukkala-vassa-bhañña S.III,73 = A.II,31 = Kvu 141 is trsl^d. as “the folk of Ukkala, Lenten speakers of old” (see Kvu trsl. 95 with n. 2). Another interpretation is ukkalāvassa°, i. e. ukkalā + avassa° [*avaśya°], one who speaks of, or like, a porter (ukkala = Sk utkala porter, one who carries a load) and bondsman M.III,78 reads Okkalā (v. l. Ukkalā)--Vassa-Bhaññā, all as N. pr. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkalissati: {'def': '[= ukkilissati? ud + kilissati] to become depraved, to revoke(?) Miln.143. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkalāpa: {'def': 'see uklāpa. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkamana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ukkamati] stepping away from Vism.374. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkamati: {'def': '(or okkamati which is v. l. at all passages quoted) [ud + kamati from kram] to step aside, step out from (w. Abl.), depart from A.III,301 (maggā); J.III,531; IV, 101 (maggā); Ud.13 (id.); DA.I,185 (id.). Caus. ukkāmeti; Caus. II. ukkamāpeti J.II,3. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkantati: {'def': '(u + kat + ŋ-a), 切掉，扯掉。 ukkanti, 【过】。 ukkantita, 【过分】。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + kantati] to cut out, tear out, skin Vin.I,217 (°itva); J.I,164; IV,210 (v. l. for okk°); V,10 (ger. ukkacca); Pv III,9⁴ (ukkantvā, v. l. BB ukkacca); PvA.210 (v. l. SS ni°), 211 (= chinditvā). (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+kat +ṁ-a), 切掉，扯掉。ukkanti,【过】。ukkantita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkantikaṁ: {'def': '(nt. adv.), in jhān° & kasiṇ°, after the method of stepping away from or skipping Vism.374. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkapiṇḍaka: {'def': '[etymology unknown] only in pl.; vermin, Vin.I,211 = 239. See comment at Vin. Texts II.70. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaŋsa: {'def': '【阳】优秀，优越。 ~ka, 【形】歌颂，称赞。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkaŋsanā: {'def': '【阴】颂杨，赞扬。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkaŋseti: {'def': '(u + ka + e), 歌颂，称赞。 ukkaŋsesi, 【过】。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkaṁsa: {'def': '【阳】优秀，优越。ukkaṁsaka,【形】歌颂，称赞。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + kṛṣ see ukkassati] exaltation, excellence, superiority (opp. avakkaṁsa) D.I,54 (ukkaṁs-âvakkaṁsa = hāyana-vaḍḍhana DA.I,165); M.I,518; Vism.563 (id.); VvA.146 (°gata excellent), 335 (Instr. ukkaṁsena par excellence, exceedingly); PvA.228 (°vasena, with ref. to devatās; v. l. SS okk°). (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṁsaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ukkaṁsa] raising, exalting (oneself), extolling M.I,19 (att°; opp. para-vambhin); J.II,152. Cp. sāmukkaṁsika. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṁsanā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. of ukkaṁsati] raising, extolling, exaltation, in att° self-exaltation, self-praise M.I,402 (opp. para-vambhanā); Nd² 505 (id.). (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】颂扬，赞扬。n’ev’attān’ukkaṁsissāma na paraṁ vambhissāma((我们将)不自称扬，不轻蔑他。《中阿含经》译：不自举，不下他)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkaṁsati: {'def': '[ud + kṛṣ, karṣati, lit. draw or up, raise] to exalt, praise M.I,498; J.IV,108. -- pp. ukkaṭṭha. -- ukkaṁseti in same meaning M.I,402 sq. (attānaṁ u. paraṁ vambheti); A.II,27; Nd² 141. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+ka(梵krs)+e), 歌颂，称赞(to exalt, praise)。ukkaṁsesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkaṇṇa: {'def': '【形】竖起耳朵的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】竖起耳朵的。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ud + kaṇṇa] having the ears erect (?) J.VI,559. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṇṇaka: {'def': '(ut + kanna + ka; lit. “with ears out” or is it ukkandaka?) 【副】 a certain disease (? mange) of jackals, S II.230, 271; S.A. “the fur falls off from the whole body” .', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ad.) [ut + kaṇṇa + ka lit. “with ears out” or is it ukkandaka?] a certain disease (? mange) of jackals, S.II,230, 271; S. A. “the fur falls off from the whole body” . (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṇṭhanā: {'def': '【阴】不满，骚动。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. ukkaṇṭhati] emotion, commotion D.II,239. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṇṭhati: {'def': '(u出+kaṭh+ṁ-a), 不满。ukkaṇṭhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + kaṇṭh in secondary meaning of kaṇṭha neck, lit. to stretch one’s neck for anything; i. e. long for, be hungry after, etc.] to long for, to be dissatisfied, to fret J.I,386 (°māna); III,143 (°itvā); IV,3, 160; V,10 (anukkhaṇṭhanto); DhsA.407; PvA.162 (mā ukkaṇṭhi, v. l. ukkaṇhi, so read for T. mā khuṇḍali). -- pp. ukkaṇṭhita (q. v.). Cp. pari°. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + kaṭh + ŋ-a), 不满。 ukkaṇṭhi, 【过】。 Ukkaṇṭhanā, 【阴】不满，骚动。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkaṇṭhi: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ukkanṭḥ°] longing, dissatisfaction ThA.239 (= arati). (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṇṭhikā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. ukkaṇṭhita] = ukkaṇṭhi, i. e. longing, state of distress, pain J.III,643. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṇṭhita: {'def': '(ukkaṇṭhati 的【过分】), 已不满，已烦躁。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of ukkaṇṭhati] dissatisfied, regretting, longing, fretting J.I,196; II,92, 115; III,185; Miln.281; DhA.IV,66, 225; PvA.13 (an°), 55, 187. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ukkaṇṭhati 的【过分】), 已不满，已烦躁。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkaṇṭhā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ukkanṭḥ°] longing, desire; distress, regret Nett 88; PvA.55 (spelt kkh), 60, 145, 152. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṭṭha: {'def': '【形】 1. 高度，显着的。 2. 优良的，3. 特殊化。 ~tā, 【阴】显赫，优越。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(pp. of ukkaṁsati),【形】1.高度，显著的，殊胜的。2.优良的，3.特殊化。ukkaṭṭhatā,【阴】显赫，优越。殊胜(ukkaṭṭhakusala)的善业，指造善业时有良好的动机。低劣(omaka)的善业，指造善业时有不纯或污染的动机。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of ukkaṁsati] -- 1. exalted, high, prominent, glorious, excellent, most freq. opp. to hīna, in phrase hīna-m-ukkaṭṭha-majjhime Vin.IV,7; J.I,20 (v.129), 22 (v.143); III,218 (= uttama C.). In other comb^n. at Vism.64 (u. majjhima mudu referring to the 3 grades of the Dhutangas); SnA 160 (dvipadā sabbasattānaṁ ukkaṭṭhā); VvA.105 (superl. ukkaṭṭhatama with ref. to Gotama as the most exalted of the 7 Rishis); Sdhp.506 (opp. lāmaka). -- 2. large, comprehensive, great, in ukkaṭṭho patto a bowl of great capacity (as diff. from majjhima & omaka p.) Vin.III,243 (= uk. nāma patto aḍḍhālhak’odanaṁ gaṇhāti catu-bhāgaṁ khādanaṁ vā tadūpiyaṁ vā byañjanaṁ). -- 3. detailed, exhaustive, specialised Vism.37 (ati-ukkaṭṭha-desanā); also in phrase °vasena in detail SnA 181. -- 4. arrogant, insolent J.V, 16. -- 5. used as nom at J.I,387 in meaning “battle, conflict”. -- an° Vism.64 (°cīvara).

--niddesa exhaustive exposition, special designation, term par excellence DhsA.70; VvA.231; PvA.7. --pariccheda comprehensive connotation SnA 229, 231, 376. (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṭṭhanaya: {'def': '高级的诠释。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}

Ukkaṭṭhatā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. ukkaṭṭha] superiority, eminence, exalted state J.IV,303 (opp. hīnatā). (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkaṭṭhita: {'def': '【过分】已煮沸，已沸腾，已火热。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[for ukkaṭhita, ud + pp. of kvath, see kaṭhati & kuthati] boiled up, boiling, seething A.III,231 & 234 (udapatto agginā santatto ukkaṭṭhito, v. l. ukkuṭṭhito); J.IV,118 (v. l. pakkudhita = pakkuṭhita, as gloss). (Page 124)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已煮沸，已沸腾，已火热。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkhali: {'def': '【阴】壶。 ~kā, 【阴】小壶。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(°lī) (f.) [der. fr. Vedic ukha & ukhā pot, boiler; related to Lat. aulla (fr. *auxla); Goth. auhns oven] a pot in which to boil rice (& other food) J.I,68, 235; V, 389, 471; Pug.33; Vism.346 (°mukhavaṭṭi), 356 (°kapāla, in comp.); DhA.I,136; II,5; III,371; IV,130; Pug.A 231; VvA.100. Cp. next. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】壶，锅。ukkhalikā,【阴】小壶。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkhalikā: {'def': '(f.) = ukkhali. Th.2, 23 (= bhatta-pacanabhājanaṁ ThA.29); DhA.IV,98 (°kāla); DhsA.376. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhepa: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. ud + kṣip] (adj.) throwing away DhA.IV,59 (°dāya a throw-away donation, tip). -- (m.) lifting up raising J.I,394 (cel°); VI,508; DA.I,273; dur° hard to lift or raise Sdhp.347. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhepaka: {'def': '【阳】投入，猛地举起的人，中止的人。piṇḍukkhepaka, 投掷食物(入口的方式来吃)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】猛地举起的人，中止的人。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ukkhepa] throwing (up); °ṁ (Acc.) in the manner of throwing Vin.II,214 = IV.195 (piṇḍ°). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhepana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + kṣip] suspension J.III,487. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhepaniya: {'def': '(adj.) [ukkhepana + iya, cp. BSk. utkṣepanīyaṁ karma Divy 329] referring to the suspension (of a bhikkhu), °kamma act or resolution of suspension Vin.I,49, 53, 98, 143, 168; II,27, 226, 230, 298: A.I,99. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhepanā: {'def': '(f.) [= last] throwing up, provocation, sneering Vbh.352 = Vism.23, expl^d. at p. 29. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkheṭita: {'def': '[pp. of ud + kheṭ or *khel, see kheḷa] spit out, thrown off, in phrase moho (rāgo etc) catto vanto mutto pahino paṭinissaṭṭho u. Vin.III,97 = IV.27. (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhipana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + kṣip] 1. pushing upwards J.I,163. -- 2. throwing up, sneering Vism.29 (vācāya). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'ukkhepana,【中】ukkhepa,【阳】1.举起，升起。2.中止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'ukkhepana, 【中】 ukkhepa, 【阳】 1. 举起，升起。 2. 中止。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkhipati: {'def': '(u出+khip抛+a), 1.升起，举起，猛地举起。2.中止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + khip + a), 1. 升起，举起，猛地举起。 2. 中止。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ut + khipati, kṣip]. To hold up, to take up J.I,213; IV,391: VI,350; Vism.4 (satthaṁ); PvA.265. A t. t. of canon law, to suspend (a bhikkhu for breach of rules) Vin.IV,309; Pug.33. --ukkhipiyati to be suspended Vin.II,61. Caus. II. ukkhipāpeti to cause to be supported J.I,52; II,15, 38; III,285, 436. -- pp. ukkhitta, ger. ukkhipitvā as adv. “upright” Vism.126. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhita: {'def': '[pp. of ukṣ sprinkle] besmeared, besprinkled J.IV,331 (ruhir°, so read for °rakkhita). Cp. okkhita. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhitta: {'def': '(ukkhipati 的【过分】) 1. 已升高，已猛地举起。 2. 已中止。 ~ka, 【形】被中止的人。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ukkhipati 的【过分】) 1.已升高，已猛地拔起。2.已中止。3.已罢黜。ukkhittaka,【形】【中】1.已拉高的人。2.被中止的人。ukkhittapaligha,已拔除门闩。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of ukkhipati] taken up, lifted up, t.t. of the canon law “suspended” Vin.IV,218; J.III,487.

--°āsika with drawn sword M.I,377; S.IV,173; J.I,393; DhsA.329; Vism.230 (vadhaka), 479. --paligha having the obstacles removed M.I,139; A.III,84; Dh.398 = Sn.622 (= avijjā-palighassa ukkhittatāya u. SnA 467 = DhA.IV,161). --sira with uplifted head Vism.162. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhittaka: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. ukkhitta] a bhikkbu who has been suspended Vin.I,97, 121; II,61, 173, 213. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkhā: {'def': '(?) [can it be compared with Vedic ukṣan?] in ukkhasataṁ dānaṁ, given at various times of the day (meaning = e(katόmbh?) S.II,264 (v. l. ukkā). Or is it to be read ukhāsataṁ d. i. e. consisting of 100 pots (of rice = mahā danaṁ?). S A: paṇītabhojana-bharitānaṁ mahā-ukkhalinaṁ sataṁ dānaṁ. Cp. ukhā cooking vessel ThA.71 (Ap. V.38). Kern, Toev. under ukkhā trsl. “zeker muntstuck”, i. e. kind of gift. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkiledeti: {'def': '[Caus. of ud + klid, see kilijjati] to take the dirt out, to clean out DA.I,255 (dosaṁ); SnA 274 (rāgaṁ; v. l. BB. uggileti). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkiṇṇa: {'def': '[pp. of ud + kṛ dig²] dug up or out D.I,105; J.IV,106; Miln.330; DA.I,274 (= khāta). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkoṭana: {'def': '(‹ud + *kuṭ to be crooked or to deceive, cp. kujja & kuṭila crooked),【中】贿赂(crookedness, perverting justice, taking bribes to get people into unlawful possessions.)(“assāmike sāmike kātuṁ lañcagahaṇaṁ”)。贿赂︰致赠者不合乎礼俗的馈赠标准，且有无不法企图，而受赠者对於该赠与之财物有无不法企图的认知，并足以影响其违法性的判断。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + *kuṭ to be crooked or to deceive, cp. kujja & kuṭila crooked] crookedness, perverting justice, taking bribes to get people into unlawful possessions (Bdhgh.) D.I,5; III,176; S.V,473; A.II,209, V.206; DA.I,79 = Pug.A 240 (“assāmike sāmike kātuṁ lañcagahaṇaṁ”). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkoṭanaka: {'def': '(‹ukkoṭana) ,【形】belonging to the perversion of justice.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ukkoṭana] belonging to the perversion of justice Vin.II,94. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkoṭeti: {'def': '[denom. fr. *ukkoṭ-ana] to disturb what is settled, to open up again a legal question that has been adjudged, Vin.II,94, 303; IV,126; J.II,387; DA.I,5. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】藉贿赂(等背叛正义)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + kuṭ + e), 再展开已摆平的诉讼。 ukkoṭesi, 【过】。 ukkoṭita, 【过分】。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+kuṭ +e), 再展开已摆平的诉讼。ukkoṭesi,【过】。ukkoṭita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkudhita: {'def': '﹐【过分】已沸腾。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkujja: {'def': '【形】建立，朝上的，翻过来的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】建立，朝上的，翻过来的。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ud + kujja] set up, upright, opp. either nikkujja or avakujja A.I,131; S.V,89 (ukkujj’âvakujja); Pug.32 (= uparimukho ṭhapito C. 214). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkujjana: {'def': '【中】卷起，翻过来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ukkujjati] raising up, setting up again Vin.II,126 (patt°). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】卷起。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkujjati: {'def': '(°eti) [denom. fr. ukkujja] to bend up, turn up, set upright Vin.I,181; II,126 (pattaṁ), 269 (bhikkhuṁ); mostly in phrase nikkujjitaṁ ukkujjeyya “(like) one might raise up one who has fallen” D.I,85, 110; II,132, 152; Sn.p. 15 (= uparimukhaṁ karoti DA.I,228 = SnA 155). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkujjeti: {'def': '(u + kujj + e), 卷起，弯上。 ukkujji, 【过】。 ukkujjita, 【过分】。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+kujj+e), 卷起，弯上，翻过来。ukkujji,【过】。ukkujjita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkusa: {'def': '[see ukkuṭṭhi & cp. BSk. utkrośa watchman (?) Divy 453] an osprey J.IV,291 (°rāja), 392. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】鹗，鱼鹰。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】鹗，鱼鹰。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkuṭika: {'def': '【形】蹲下。ukkuṭikaṁ,【副】蹲的姿势。《南寄归内法传》卷第三(T54.222.3)：「律云应先嗢屈竹迦。译为蹲踞。双足履地两膝皆竖。摄敛衣服勿令垂地。」Na ukkuṭikāya antaraghare gamissāmī’ti.(在住宅区内，我不要以脚尖或脚踵走)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】蹲下。 ukkuṭikaŋ, 【副】蹲的姿势。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + *kuṭ = *kuñc, as in kuṭila & kuñcita; lit. “bending up”. The BSk. form is ukkuṭuka, e. g. Av. S.I,315] a special manner of squatting. The soles of the feet are firmly on the ground, the man sinks down, the heels slightly rising as he does so, until the thighs rest on the calves, and the hams are about six inches or more from the ground. Then with elbows on knees he balances himself. Few Europeans can adopt this posture, & none (save miners) can maintain it with comfort, as the calf muscles upset the balance. Indians find it easy, & when the palms of the hands are also held together upwards, it indicates submission. See Dial. I.231 n. 4. -- Vin.I,45 (°ṁ nisīdati); III,228; A.I,296; II,206; Pug.55; Vism.62, 104, 105 (quot. fr. Papañca Sūdanī) 426; DhA.I,201, 217; II,61 (as posture of humility); III,195; IV,223.

--padhāna [in BSk. distorted to utkuṭuka-prahāṇa Divy 339 = Dh.141] exertion when squatting (an ascetic habit) D.I,167; M.I,78, 515; A.I,296; II,206; J.I,493; III,235; IV,299; Dh.141 (= ukkuṭika-bhāvena āraddha-viriyo DhA.III,78). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkuṭṭhi: {'def': '【阴】大叫，欢呼，喝彩。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】大叫，欢呼，喝彩。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. ud + kruś, cp. *kruñc as in P. kuñca & Sk. krośati] shouting out, acclamation J.II,367; VI,41; Bu I.35; Miln.21; Vism.245; DhA.II,43; VvA.132 (°sadda). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkā: {'def': '(Vedic ulkā & ulkusī),【阴】1.铁匠的熔炉(a furnace or forge of a smith)。2.火把(firebrand, glow of fire, torch; ukkūpama火把喻); (dhamm-okkā);. as tiṇukkā firebrand of dry grass)。3. a meteor: see below °pāta.\xa0\xa0ukkādhāra a torch-bearer; ukkāpāta “falling of a firebrand”, a meteor(= ākāsato ukkānaṁ patanaṁ); ukkāmukha,金匠的火炉口或熔金锅(the opening or receiver of a furnace, a goldsmith’s smelting pot)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [Vedic ulkā & ulkuṣī, cp. Gr. a]/flac (= lamprώs torch Hesychius), velxάnos (= Volcanus); Lat. Volcanus, Oir. Olcān, Idg. *ǔI̊q to be fiery] 1. firebrand, glow of fire, torch D.I,49, 108; S.II,264; Th.2, 488 (°ûpama); J.I,34 (dhamm-okkā); II,401; IV,291; V,322; Vism.428; ThA.287; DA.I,148; DhA.I,42, 205; PvA.154. Esp. as tiṇ° firebrand of dry grass M.I,128, 365; Nd² 40^Ie; DhA.I,126; Sdhp.573. -- 2. a furnace or forge of a smith A.I,210, 257; J.VI,437; see also below °mukha. ‹-› 3. a meteor: see below °pāta.

--dhāra a torch-bearer Sn.335; It.108; Miln.1. --pāta “falling of a firebrand”, a meteor D.I,10 (= ākāsato ukkānaṁ patanaṁ DA.I,95); J.I,374; VI,476; Miln.178. --mukha the opening or receiver of a furnace, a goldsmith’s smelting pot A.I,257; J.VI,217 (= kammār’uddhana C.), 574; Sn.686; DhA.II,250. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】 1. 火把。 2. 流星。 3. 铁匠的熔炉。(p63)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ukkācanā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ukkāceti, ud + *kāc, see ukkācita] enlightening, clearing up, instruction Vbh.352 (in def. of lapanā, v. l. °kāpanā). Note Kern, Toev. s. v. compares Vism.p. 115 & Sk. uddīpana in same sense. Def. at Vism.27 (= uddīpanā). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkāceti: {'def': '[according to Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 112 a denom. fr. kāca² a carrying pole, although the idea of a bucket is somewhat removed from that of a pole] to bale out water, to empty by means of buckets J.II,70 (v. l. ussiñcati). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkācita: {'def': '[pp. either to *kāc to shine or to kāceti denom. fr. kāca¹] enlightened, made bright (fig.) or cleaned, cleared up A.I,72, 286 (°vinīta parisā enlightened & trained). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(pp. either to *kāc to shine or to kāceti denom.fr.kāca1)﹐启蒙训练。enlightened, made bright (fig.) or cleaned, cleared up。ukkācitavinīta﹐启蒙训练。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkāmeti: {'def': '(Caus. of ukkamati)﹐使让开(to cause to step aside)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. of ukkamati] to cause to step aside J.VI,11. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkāra: {'def': '【阳】（家畜的）粪，排泄物。 ~bhūmi, 【阴】粪堆，不洁净的地方。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】(家畜的)粪，排泄物。ukkārabhūmi,【阴】粪堆，不洁净的地方。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + kṛ “do out”] dung, excrement J.IV,485, otherwise only in cpd. ukkāra-bhūmi dung-hill J.I,5, 146 (so read for ukkar°), II.40; III,16, 75, 377; IV,72, 305; Vism.196 (°ûpama kuṇapa); DhA.III,208. Cp. uccāra. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkāsati: {'def': '[ud + kāsati of kas to cough] to “ahem”! to cough, to clear one’s throat Vin.II,222; IV,16; M.II,4; A.V,65; aor. ukkāsi J.I,161, 217. -- pp. ukkāsita. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + ka + a), 咳嗽，清喉。 ukkāsi, 【过】。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+ka+a), 咳嗽，清喉，古译：欬嗽、欬逆、謦欬(音释说：「謦欬：逆气声也。小曰謦，大曰欬。」)。ukkāsi,【过】。ukkāsitvā aggaḷaṁ ākoṭesi﹐謦欬敲门。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ukkāsikā: {'def': '(f.?) [doubtful] at Vin.II,106 is not clear. Vin Texts III,68 leave it untranslated. Bdhgh’s expl^n. is vattavaṭṭi (patta°? a leaf? Cp. S.III,141), prob. = vaṭṭi (Sk. varti a kind of pad). See details given by Morris J.P.T.S. 1887, 113, who trsl^s. “rubber, a kind of pad or roll of cotton with which the delicate bather could rub himself without too much friction”. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkāsita: {'def': '(Ukkāsati的【过分】), 已咳嗽。【中】咳嗽，清喉。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of ukkāsati] coughed, clearing one’s throat, coughed out, hawking D.I,89; Bu I.52 (+ khipita) ‹-› °sadda the noise of clearing the throat D.I,50; J.I,119; DhA.I,250 (+ khipita°). (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ukkūla: {'def': '【形】陡峭的，险峻的，倾斜的，有坡度的。 Ukkoṭeti, 【中】藉由带贿赂等背叛正义。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】陡峭的，险峻的，倾斜的，有坡度的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ud + kūla] sloping up, steep, high (opp. vikkūla) A.I,35 sq.; Vism.153 (nadi); SnA 42. Cp. utkūlanikūla-sama Lal. V. 340. (Page 125)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uklāpa: {'def': '(ukkalāpa) (adj.) [cp. Sk. ut-kalāpayati to let go] ‹-› 1. deserted J.II,275 (ukkalāpa T.; vv. ll. uklāpa & ullāpa). -- 2. dirtied, soiled Vin.II,154, 208, 222; Vism.128; DhA.III,168 (ukkalāpa). (Page 126)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ukkalāpa) (cp. Sk. ut-kalāpayati to let go), 【阳】1.污垢，垃圾(deserted J.II.275 (ukkalāpa T.; vv. ll. uklāpa & ullāpa))。2.【形】肮脏的，不洁净的(dirtied, soiled Vin.II,154, 208, 222; Vism.128; DhA.III,168 (ukkalāpa))。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】污垢，垃圾。【形】肮脏的，不洁净的。(p64)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ulati: {'def': 'is a commentator’s invention; said to be = gacchati to go Vism.60 (in definition of paṁsu-kūla; paṁsu viya kucchita-bhāvaṁ ulatī ti paṁsu-kūlaṁ). (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullahaka: {'def': '(adj.) [?] only in Acc. nt. ullahakaṁ used adverbially, in cpd. dant° after the manner of rubbing the teeth, by means of grinding the teeth M.III,167. Seems to be a a(/pac legomέnon. (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullapana: {'def': 'Ullapanā(fr. ullapati),【阴】叫唤，诱骗，赞美(calling out, enticing, laying claim to)。anullapanādhippāyassa, 无意图的说溜嘴。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) & °ā (f.) [fr. ullapati] calling out, enticing, laying claim to Vin.III,101; Th.2, 357; Miln.127; ThA.243. -- ullapanā = uddhaṁ katvā lapanā Vism.27. (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullapanā: {'def': '【阴】诱骗，赞美。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ullapati: {'def': '(u + lap + a), 颂杨，赞美。 ullapi, 【过】。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + lapati] to call out, to talk to, lay claim to Vin.I,97; III,105; Pug.67 (= katheti Pug.A 249). (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+lap唠叨+a), 颂扬，赞美。ullapi,【过】。ullapetvā, 【独】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ullaṅghana: {'def': '【中】ullaṅghanā,【阴】跳过，违反。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 ullaṅghanā, 【阴】跳过，违反。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ullaṅghanā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. ud + laṅgh] jumping up, lifting up, raising Vin.III,121; J.IV,5 (°samattha?). (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullaṅghati: {'def': '[ud + laṅgh, cp. BSk. prollaṅghya transgressing (= pra + ullaṅgh°) Divy 596] to leap up J.III,222 (udakato °itvā). -- Caus. ullaṅgheti to make jump up (always with olaṅgheti, i. e. to make dance up & down) Vin.III,121; J.V,434; DhA.IV,197. -- pp. ullaṅghita (q v.). (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullaṅgheti: {'def': '(u + lagh + e), 跳过，违背。 ullaṅghesi, 【过】。 ullaṅghita, 【过分】。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+lagh+e), 跳过，违背。ullaṅghesi,【过】。ullaṅghita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ullaṅghita: {'def': '[pp. of ullaṅgheti] being jumped on, set on C. on S.I,40 (see K. S. I.318) (for uḍḍita = taṇhāya ullaṅghita). (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullaṅghiya: {'def': 'ullaṅghetvā, (Ullaṅgheti的【独】) 跳过，违背。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ullikhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ud + likh] combing, scratching VvA.349; ThA.267. (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】梳毛，搔。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】梳毛，搔。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ullikhati: {'def': '(u出+likh抓+a), 梳发，搔。ullikhi,【过】。ullikhita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + likh + a), 梳发，搔。 ullikhi, 【过】。 ullikhita, 【过分】。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ullikhita: {'def': '[pp. of ud + likh] scratched, combed Vin.I,254; J.II,92 (aḍḍhullikhitehi kesehi); Ud.22 (id. with upaḍḍh° for aḍḍh°); VvA.197. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullitta: {'def': '(ullimpeti 的【过分】), 已涂以(灰泥)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(ullimpeti 的【过分】), 已涂以（灰泥）。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of ud + lip] smeared; only in comb^n. ullittâvalitta smeared up & down, i. e. smeared all round Vin II 117; M.II,8; A.I,101, 137; IV,231; Th.1, 737. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ulliṅgeti: {'def': '[denom. of ud + linga] to exhibit, show as a characteristic Vism.492. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ulloka: {'def': '[ud + lok°] doubtful in its meaning; occurs at Vin.I,48 = II.209 as ullokā paṭhamaṁ ohāreti, trsl. Vin Texts by “a cloth to remove cobwebs”, but better by Andersen, Pāli Reader as “as soon as it is seen”; at Vin.II,151 the translators give “a cloth placed under the bedstead to keep the stuffing from coming out”. See on term Morris J.P.T.S. 1885, 31. -- In cpd ulloka-paduma at J.VI,432 it may mean “bright lotus” (lit. to be looked at). See ulloketi. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullokaka: {'def': '【形】看著，观衆。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ulloketi] looking on (to), looking out; in phrase mukh° looking into a person’s face; i. e. cheerful, winning; or “of bright face”, with a winning smile D.I,60; DA.I,59, 168; PvA.219 (°ika for °aka). (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】看着，观众。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ullokana: {'def': '【中】1.看著。2.窗户。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 1. 看着。 2. 窗户。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ulloketi: {'def': '(u出+lok见+e), 仰望，查寻，寻找。ullokesi,【过】。ullokeyyātha, 你们仰望。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + lok°, cp. loka, āloka & viloka] to look on to, look for, await J.I,232 (ākāsaṁ), 253; II,221, 434; DA.I,153, 168; VvA.316. -- pp. ullokita (q. v.). (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + lok + e), 查寻，寻找。 ullokesi, 【过】。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ullokita: {'def': '[pp. of ulloketi] looked at, looked on J.I,253; DA.I,193. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullola: {'def': '【阳】1.骚动。2.大波。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + lul] -- 1. a wave J.III,228; VI,394. ‹-› 2. commotion, unrest J.IV,306, 476. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 骚动。 2. 大波。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ullolanā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ulloleti] wavering, loitering (in expectation of something), greed ThA.243. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ulloleti: {'def': '[denom. fr. ullola] to stroll or hang about, to wait for, expect ThA.243. -- pp. ullulita. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullopana: {'def': '(nt.) = ullumpana DhA.I,309 (T. faulty; see remarks ad locum). (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ulloteti: {'def': '(u出+lul+e), 搅动，使骚动。ullolesi,【过】。ullolita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(u + lul + e), 搅动，使骚动。 ullolesi, 【过】。 ullolita, 【过分】。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ullulita: {'def': '[pp. of ulloleti] waved, shaken (by the wind); waving J.VI,536. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullumpana: {'def': '【中】升起，挽救。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】升起，挽救。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ullumpati] saving, helping; in phrase °sabhāva-saṇṭhita of a helping disposition, full of mercy DA.I,177; PvA.35. Same as ullopana (q. v.). (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullumpati: {'def': '(u + lup + ŋ-a), 升起，帮助。 ullumpi, 【过】。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+lup+ṁ-a), 升起，帮助。ullumpi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + lup, cp. BSk. ullumpati Mahāvy § 268] to take up, to help (with Acc.), to save Vin.II,277; D.I,249. (Page 156)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ullāpa: {'def': 'is v. l. for uklāpa (q. v.). (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ulūka: {'def': '[Sk. ulūka; cp. Lat. ulucus & ulula owl, ululāre to howl, Ger. uhu; onomat. *ul, as in Gr. o]lolu/zw, Sk. ululi, Lith. ulůti] an owl Vin.I,186 (°camma, sandals of owl’s skin); III,34; A.V,289 sq.; J.II,208, 352 (as king of the birds); Miln.403; DhA.I,50 (kāka° crows & owls).

--pakkha owls’wings (used as dress) Vin.I,305; D.I,167. --pakkhika dress of owls’wings, or owl feathers A.I,241, 296; II,206; Pug.55 (= ulūka-pattāni ganthetvā kata-nivāsanaṁ Pug.A 233). (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Umhayati: {'def': '[Sk. *ut-smayate, ud + smi] to laugh out loud J.II,131 (= hasitaṁ karoti); III,44; IV,197; V,299 (°amāna = hasamāna C.). Caus. umhāpeti J.V,297. (Page 155)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummaddeti: {'def': '[ud + maddeti, Caus. of mṛd] to rub something on (Acc.) Vin.II,107 = 266 (mukhaṁ). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Ummaddāpeti(ud + maddeti, caus. of madd(梵mrd)压碎), 揉(to rub something on (Acc.) Vin.II,107 = 266 (mukhaṁ).', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ummagga: {'def': '【阳】隧道，歧途，邪道。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + magga, lit. “off-track”] -- 1. an underground watercourse, a conduit, main M.I,171; A.II,189; J.VI,426, 432; SnA 50 (“ummaggo paññā pavuccati”); DhA.I,252 (°cora); II,37 (v l. umaṅga); IV,104; PvA.44 (read with v. l. SS kummagga). -- 2. a side track, a wrong way, devious way S.I,193 (v. l. °manga) = Th.1, 1242; S.IV,195; A.IV,191. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ud + magga, lit. “off-track”),【阳】隧道，歧途，邪道。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ummasanā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. ummasati] lifting up Vin.III,121 (= uddhaṁ uccāraṇā). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummasati: {'def': '[ud + masati of mṛś] to touch, take hold of, lift up Vin.III,121. Cp. next. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummatta: {'def': '【形】疯狂的。 ~ka, 【形】疯人。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ud + matta of mad),【形】疯狂的(out of one’s mind, mad)。ummattaka(= ummatta),【形】疯子(madman)。【阴】ummattikā。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ud + matta of mad] out of one’s mind, mad S.V,447 (+ viceta); J.V,386; Miln.122; Sdhp.88; PvA.40 (°puggala read with v. l. SS for dummati puggala). Cp. next & ummāda.

--rūpa like mad, madly, insane Pv.I,8¹; II,6² (where J.III,156 has santaramāna). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummattaka: {'def': '(adj.) = ummatta; Vin.I,123, 321; II,60, 80; III,27, 33; A.IV,248; Vism.260 (reason for); Miln.277; PvA.38, 39, 93 (°vesa appearance of a madman), 95. ‹-› f. ummattikā Vin.IV,259, 265; ThA.111. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummaṅga: {'def': '[ud + maṅga (?) or for ummagga, q. v. for vv. ll.] “out luck”, i. e. unlucky; or “one who has gone off the right path” Vin.V,144. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummi: {'def': 'Ummī,【阴】波，波浪。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(& Ummī) (f.) [for the usual ūmi, cp. similar double forms of bhummi › bhūmi] a wave Th.1, 681; Miln.346. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】波，波浪。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ummihati: {'def': '[ud + mih] to urinate Vin.I,78 (ūhanati +). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+mih+a), 小便(台语：放尿pang3 jio7、漩尿suan7 jio7、消敁siau2 thau2)。ummihi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ummisati: {'def': '(u出+mis+a), 打开眼睛。ummisi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + misati] to open one’s eyes J.III,96 (opp. nimisati; v. l. ummisati for °mīḷ°?). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + mis + a), 打开眼睛。 ummisi, 【过】。 Ummihati (u + mih + a), 小便。 ummihi, 【过】。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ummujjamānaka: {'def': '(adj.) [ummujjamāna, ppr. med, of ummujjati, + ka] emerging A.II,182. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummujjana: {'def': '【中】浮现。 ummujjanimujjā, 【阴】浮现和潜水。 ummujjamāna,【现分】浮现。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】浮现。ummujjanimujjā,【阴】浮现和潜水。ummujjamāna,【现分】浮现。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. ummujjati] emerging Vism.175 (+ nimmujjana); DA.I,115. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummujjati: {'def': '(u + mujj + a), 浮现，升出水。 ummujji, 【过】。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + majj] to emerge, rise up (out of water) Vin.I,180; S.IV,312; A.IV,11 sq; J.II,149, 284; III,507; IV,139; Pug.71; Miln.118; DA.I,37, 127; PvA.113. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+mujj+a), 浮现，升出水。ummujji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ummujjā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. ummujjati] emerging, jumping out of (water), only in phrase ummujja-nimujjaṁ karoti to emerge & dive D.I,78; M.I,69; A.I,170; J.IV,139; Nett 110; Vism.395 (= Ps.II,208). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummuka: {'def': '(nt.) [Sk. ulmuka perhaps to Lat. adoleo, cp. also alāta firebrand; see Walde, Lat. Wtb. s. v. adoleo] a fire brand Vin.IV,265; S.IV,92 (T. ummukka meaning “loosened”?); J.II,69 v. l. °kk), 404 (kk); III,356. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】火把。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ummukha: {'def': '【形】 1. 脸向上。 2. 不注意的。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】1.脸向上。2.不注意的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ummukka: {'def': '【过分】已跌倒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已跌倒。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ummā: {'def': '【阴】亚麻子，亚麻。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(cp. Sk. umā),【阴】亚麻子(linseed)，亚麻(flax)。ummāpuppha, 亚麻花(the (azure) flower of flax)。【阳】一种宝石(gem Miln.118.)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [cp. Sk. umā] flax, only in cpd. °puppha the (azure) flower of flax M.II,13 = A.V,61 (v. l. dammā°, ummāta°); D.II,260; Th.1, 1068; DhsA.13. Also (m.) N. of a gem Miln.118. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummāda: {'def': '[ud + māda] madness, distraction, mental aberration S.I,126 (°ṁ pāpuṇeyya citta-vikkhepaṁ vā); A.II,80; III,119; V,169; Pug.69; PvA.6 (°patta frantic, out of mind), 94 (°vāta), 162 (°patta). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】疯狂。 ~na, 【形】令人发狂的。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(ud + māda),【阳】疯狂(madness, distraction, mental aberration)。ummādana,【形】令人发狂的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ummādanā: {'def': '(f.) (or °aṁ nt.) [abstr. fr. ummāda] maddening Sn.399 (+ mohanaṁ = paraloke ummādanaṁ ihaloke mohanaṁ SnA 377); ThA.2, 357 (cp. ThA.243). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummāra: {'def': '【阳】门槛(a threshold)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[according to Müller P. Gr. = Sk. udumbara (?)] ‹-› 1. a threshold Vin.IV,160 (= indakhīla); Th.2, 410; J.I, 62; III,101; Vism.425; DhA.I,350. -- 2. a curb-stone J.VI,11. -- 3. as uttar° (the upper threshold) the lintel J.I,111; DhA.II,5 (v. l. upari°). -- 4. window-sash or sill J.I,347; IV,356. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】门槛。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ummīlana: {'def': '【中】打开眼睛。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】打开眼睛。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Ummīleti: {'def': '[Caus. of ud + mīl; opp. ni(m)mīleti] to open one’s eyes J.I,439; II,195; IV,457; VI,185; Miln.179, 357, 394; Vism.185, 186; DhA.II,28 (opp. ni°); VvA.205, 314. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + mil + e), 打开眼睛。 ummīlesi, 【过】。 Ummuka, 【中】火把。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+mil+e), 打开眼睛。ummīlesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Ummūla: {'def': '【形】 Ummūlita, 【过分】已连根拔起。 ummūlana, 【中】连根拔起。(p79)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】ummūlita,【过分】已连根拔起。ummūlana,【中】连根拔起。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [ud + mūla] “roots-out”, with roots showing, laying bare the roots J.I,249 (°ṁ karoti); Sdhp.452. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummūlaka: {'def': '(adj.) [= ummūla] uprooting, laying bare the roots J.I,303 (vāta). (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Ummūleti: {'def': '[Caus. fr. ummūla] to uproot, to root out J.I,329. (Page 154)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u + mūla + e), 连根拔起，破坏。 ummūlesi, 【过】。(p80)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+mūla+e), 连根拔起，破坏。ummūlesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Undura: {'def': '[etym ?] a rat Vin.I,209; II,148, 152; III,151; J.I,120; Miln.23, 363. Spelt undūra at Vism.62. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'undūra,【阳】鼠。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'undūra, 【阳】鼠。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Unna: {'def': '[pp. of ud, unatti & undati, see udaka] in phrase pīti-vegen’unna “bubbling up with the excitement of joy”, overflowing with joy Mhvs 19, 29 (expl^d. by uggatacitta i. e. lofty, exalted C.). -- It may however be better & more in keeping with Pāli word-formation as well as with meaning & interpretation to explain the word as ud + na, taking °na as abs. (base)--form of nam, thus lit. “bent up”, i. e. raised, high, in meaning of unnata. Cp. the exactly similar formation, use & meaning of ninna = ninnata. Thus unna / ninna would correspond to unnata / ninnata. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Unnadati: {'def': '(u + nad + a), 呼喊，吼，呜响。 unnadi, 【过】。 unnadita, 【过分】。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[ud + nadati] to resound, shout out, roar J.I,110; II 90; III,271, 325; Miln.18; aor. unnadi J I 74; Miln.13. -- Caus. unnādeti (q. v.). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(u出+nad +a), 呼喊，吼，呜响。unnadi,【过】。unnadita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Unnahanā: {'def': '(f.) [ud + nah, see nayhati] flattering, tying or pushing oneself on to somebody, begging Vism.27. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Unnaka: {'def': '[etym.?] a species of perfume J VI 537 (gloss kuṭantaja). (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Unnala: {'def': '& Unnaḷa (adj.) [Bdhgh. has ud + nala; but it is either a dissimilated form for *ullala (n › l change freq., cp. P. naṅgala › lāngala; nalāṭa › lalaṭa) from ud + lal to sport, thus meaning “sporting, sporty, wild” etc.; or (still more likely) with Kern, Toev. s. v. a dial. form of unnata P. uṇṇata, although the P. Commentators never thought of that. Cp. with this the BSk. unnata in same stock phrase uddhata unnata capala M Vastu I.305, and the Marathic Prk. mula = Sk. mṛta, Pischel, Gr. § 244. To these may be added P. celakedu › cetakedu J.VI,538] showing off, insolent, arrogant, proud, haughty, in phrase uddhata unnaḷa capala M.I,32; S.I,61 = 204 (trsl^d. as “muddled in mind, puffed up, vain”, expl^d. as uggata-nala uddhaṭa-tuccha-māna K. S. 318); A.I,70, 266; II,26; III 199, 355, 391; It.113 (+ asamāhita); Dh.292 (+ pamatta; expl^d. as “māna-naḷaṁ ukkhipitvā caraṇena unnala” DhA.III,452); Th.1, 634; Pug.35 (= uggatanaḷo tuccha-mānaṁ ukkhipitvā ti attho PugA 217). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'unnaḷa, 【形】无礼的，自大的，骄傲的。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'unnaḷa,【形】无礼的，自大的，骄傲的。Unnaḷāti uggatanaḷā, uṭṭhitatucchamānāti vuttaṁ hoti.(自大：已升起度量器，站起来凭空度量)(M.5.CS:p.1.157)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Unnama: {'def': '【阳】提高。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr ud + nam; cp. also uṇṇama in fig. meaning] rising ground, elevation, plateau Kh VII.7 = Pv.I,5⁷ (= thala unnata-padesa PvA.29); Miln.349; DA.I,154. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】提高。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Unnamati: {'def': '(u + nam + a), 升起，兴隆，弯上。 unnami, 【过】。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(u出+nam+a), 升起，兴隆，弯上。unnami,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[ud + namati, see uṇṇamati in fig. meaning] to rise up, ascend Miln.117 (oṇamati +); Vism.306. -- Caus. unnāmeti (q. v.). -- pp. unnara & uṇṇata (q. v.). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Unnata: {'def': '(unnamati 的【过分】), 已升起，已高，已高高。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of unnamati. Besides this form we find uṇṇata in fig. special meaning, q. v.] raised, high, lofty, in high situation (opp. oṇata) Pv IV.6⁶ (= sāmin PvA.262); J.I,71; II369; VI 487; Miln.146, 387; DA.I,45 See also unnaḷa. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(unnamati 的【过分】), 已升起，已高，已高尚。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Unnati: {'def': '(f) [fr. unnamati; cp. uṇṇati] rising, lifting up, elevation Miln.387 (°avanati). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '﹐Uṇṇati﹐【阴】上升，提高，增加。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】上升，提高，增加。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Unnaṅgala: {'def': '(adj.) [ud + naṅgala, on meaning of ud in this case see ud] in phrase °ṁ karoti, according to Morris, J P T S 1887, 120 “to make an up-ploughing, to turn up etc.”, but more aptly with C. on J.VI,328 to make “out-plough” (not “up-plough”) in sense of out-of-work, i. e. to make the people put their ploughs (or work in general) away and prepare for a festival; to take a holiday. A typical “Jātaka”--phrase; J.I,228; II,296, 367; III, 129, 414; IV,355; VI,328; DhA.III,10. (Page 137)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Unnāda: {'def': '【阳】呼喊，大噪音。unnādī,【形】吵杂的，吵闹的。(unnādinī,【阴】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】呼喊，大噪音。 unnādī, 【形】吵杂的，吵闹的。 (unnādinī,【阴】)。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. ud + nad] shout, shouting J II 405. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Unnādeti: {'def': '(unnadati 的【使】), 使呜响。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. of unnadati] to make resound J.I,408 (paṭhaviṁ), II.34. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(unnadati 的【使】), 使呜响。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Unnādin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. ud + nad] shouting out; resounding, noisy, loud, tumultuous Vin.III,336; D.I,95, 143, 178; J.II,216. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Unnāmeti: {'def': '(unn°) [Caus. of unnamati] to raise DhsA.5; written uṇṇameti (with a for ā before mutes & liquids) at Sn.206 (inf. uṁṇametave). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Unnāmin: {'def': '(adj) [ud + nam in Caus. form] raising or rising; in comb^n. with ninnāmin raised & bent, high & low A.IV,237 (of cultivated land). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upa: {'def': '﹐upa-﹐近，全部。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upa-: {'def': '[Vedic upa; Av. upa on, up; Gr. u(pό under, u(pέr over; Lat. sub fr. *(e)ks-upo; Goth. uf under & on; Ohg. ūf = Ags. up = E. up; Oir. fo under. See also upari] prefix denoting nearness or close touch (cp. similarly ā), usually with the idea of approach from below or rest on top, on, upon, up, by. -- In comp^n. a upa is always contracted to upa, e. g. devūpaṭṭhāna, lokûpaga, puññûpatthambhita. -- Meanings: (1) (Rest): on upon, up --: °kiṇṇa covered over; °jīvati live on (cp. anu°); °tthambhita propped up, sup-ported; °cita heaped up, ac-cumulated; °dhāreti hold or take up; °nata bent on; °nissaya foundation; °nissita depending on etc. -- (2) (Aim): (out) up to (the speaker or hearer); cp. the meanings developed out of this as “higher, above” in upara, upari, upama = Lat. superus, supremus E. g. °kaḍḍhati drag on to; °kappati come to, accrue; °kappana ad-ministering; °kāra service to; °kkhata administered; °gacchati go to, ap-proach (cp. upâtigacchati); °disati ad-vise; °dhāvati run up to: °nadati to sound out; °nikkhamati come out up to; °nisevita gone on to or after; °neti bring on to; etc. -- (3) (Nearness): close by, close to, near, “ad-”; e. g. °kaṇṇaka close to the ear; °cāra ap-plication; °ṭṭhāna at-tending; ṭṭhita ap-proached; °tiṭṭhati stand by, look after; °dduta urged; °nāmeti place close to; °nibandhati tie close to; °nisīdati sit close to or down by. -- (4) (Intensive use): quite, altogether, “up”; e. g. °antika quite near; °chindati cut up. -- (5) (Diminutive use as in Lat. subabsurdus; Gr. u(poλeukos whitish; Oir. fo-dord; Cymr. go-durdd murmur): nearly, about, somewhat, a little, secondary, by --, miniature, made after the style of, e. g. °aḍḍha about half; °kacchaka like a little hollow; °kaṇḍakin (= °paṇḍukin? whitish); °deva a minor god; °nibha somewhat similar to; °nila bluish; upapurohita minor priest; uparajja viceroyalty; upalohitaka, uparopa; °vana a little forest. etc. Note. The nearest semantie affinity of upa is ā°. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upabbajati: {'def': '[upa + vraj] to go to, resort to, visit Th.1, 1052; J.IV,270, 295; V,495 (= upagacchati C.); VI,43. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upabbūḷha: {'def': '【形】拥挤的，尽全力。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'see sam°. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】拥挤的，尽全力。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upabhoga: {'def': '[fr. upa + bhuj cp. upabhuñjati] enjoyment, profit Vin.IV,267; J.II,431; IV,219 (v. l. paribhoga); VI, 361; Miln.201, 403; PvA.49, 220 (°paribhoga); DhA.IV,7 (id.); Sdhp.268, 341, 547. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】享乐，利润，使用。【形】可享受的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】享乐，利润，使用。【形】可享受的。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upabhogga: {'def': '(adj.) [Sk. upabhogya, grd. of upabhuñjati] to be enjoyed, enjoyable Miln.201. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upabhogin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upabhuñjati] enjoying Miln.267. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upabhogī: {'def': '【形】吃者，享受者，经历者。参考 upabhuñjaka。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】参考 upabhuñjaka。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upabhunjaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. next] one who eats or enjoys Vism.555. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upabhunjati: {'def': '[upa + bhuj] to enjoy J.III,495; V,350 (inf. °bhottuṁ) -- grd. upabhogga. -- pp. upabhattu (q. v.). (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upabhutta: {'def': '[pp. of upabhunjati] enjoyed Dāvs III,65. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upabhuñjaka: {'def': '【形】吃者，享受者，经历者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】吃者，享受者，经历者。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upabrūhana: {'def': '【中】增加，扩大。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】增加，扩大。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upabrūhaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + bṛh², cp. BSk. upabṛṁhita Jtm 31⁹⁵] expansion, increase, augmentation Vism.145; DhsA.117. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upabrūheti: {'def': '(upa + brūh + e), 增加，扩张。 upabrūhesi, 【过】。 upabrūhita,【过分】。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+brūh+e), 增加，扩张。upabrūhesi,【过】。upabrūhita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upacarati: {'def': '(upa近+car+a), 处理，准备好。upacari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + carati] to deal with, handle, use J.VI,180. -- pp. upaciṇṇa & upacarita (q. v.). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + car + a), 处理，准备好。 upacari, 【过】。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upacarita: {'def': '(Upacarati的【过分】), 已熟练，已服侍。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of upacarati] practised, served, enacted, performed Miln.359, 360. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upacaya: {'def': '[fr. upa + ci, cp. caya & ācaya] heaping up, gathering, accumulation, heap. As t.t. with ref. to kamma “conservation”, with ref. to body & form “integration”. (See discussion & defin. at Cpd. 253; Dhs.trsl. 195). ‹-› D.I,76 (= odana = kummās’ûpacayo, see under kāya); Dhs.582, 642 (rūpassa u. = āyatanānaṁ ācayo), 864; Vbh.147, 151 sq.; Kvu 520; Nett 113; Vism.449; DA.I,220; PvA.198 (but v. l. paccayassa preferable). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】积聚。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】积聚。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upacca: {'def': ' = uppacca (q. v.) “flying up” (= uppatitvā PvA.103) at Th.2, 248 (= ThA.205, where v. l. and gloss upecca & upacca, expl^d. by upanetvā), as well as at Pv.II,7¹⁷ (= PvA.103 where read upaccha; & gloss upacca & upecca). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaccagā: {'def': '[upa + ati + agā of gam] 3^rd sg. pret. of upâtigacchati (q. v.) to escape, pass, go by; to overcome Sn.333 (mā upaccagā = mā atikkami SnA 339) = Th.2, 5 (= mā atikkami ThA.12); Sn.636, 641, 827 (= accagā atikkanta Nd¹ 167); Dh.315, 412, 417 (= atikkanta DhA.IV,225); Bu II.43. -- pl. upaccaguṁ S.I,35; A.III,311. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+ati超越+gam去+a,【三.单.过完】) 他逃脱，他经过，他克服。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + ati + gam + a, 【叁，单，过完】) 他逃脱，他经过，他克服。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upaccati: {'def': '(?) in phrase “akkhīni upacciṁsu” at J.VI,187 is probably faulty for apaciyiṁsu aor. of apaciyyati, Pass. of apacināti (cp. upaciyyati › upacināti) “the eyes failed”, lost power, went bad; cp. apacaya falling off, diminution. If not this reading we should suggest upacchijjiṁsu from upacchindati “were destroyed”, which however is not quite the sense wanted. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaccheda: {'def': '[fr. upa + chid] breaking or cutting off, destruction, stop page, interruption M.I,245, 327 (pāṇ° murder); J.I,67; Miln.134 (paveṇ° break of tradition) PvA.82 (kulavaṁs°); DhA.I,152 (āhār °ṁ karoti to prevent fr. taking food); DA.I,136, 159. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】中止，破坏，中断。 ~ka, 【形】破坏，停止。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa全部+cheda断),【阳】中止，破坏，中断。upacchedaka,【形】破坏，停止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upacchedaka: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. upaccheda] destroying, breaking off, stopping, interrupting J.I,418 (vacan°); IV,357; DA.I,69 (jīvit’indriy°); VvA.72 (id.). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upacchindati: {'def': '(upa + chid + ŋ-a), 中断，折断，破坏。 upacchindi, 【过】。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+chid切断+ṁ-a), 中断，折断，破坏。upacchindi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + chindati] to break up or off, to destroy, interrupt, to stop Sn.972 (pot. °chinde); J.IV, 127; Nd¹ 502; ThA.267; PvA.31 (kulavaṁso upacchijji aor. pass.); Vism.164, 676 (bhavaṅgaṁ). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upacchinna: {'def': '[pp. of upacchindati] cut off, interrupted J.I, 477; Miln.306. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upacchindati的【过分】) 中断，折断，破坏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upacchubhati: {'def': '[upa + chubhati from kṣubh or chubh, see chuddha, khobha, nicchubhati, nicchodeti] to throw at M.I,364 (vv. ll. °chumbh°, °cubh°). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upacikā: {'def': '(f.) [connected with Sk. upadīkā, although the relation is not quite clear. Attempts at expl^ns. by Trencker Notes 62 (*utpādikā › upatikā › upacikā) & Kern, Toev. p. 102 (upacikā = Vedic upajīka, this fr. upajihikā for °dihikā, vv. ll. upadehihā & upadīkā). It may however be a direct der. from upa + ci, thus meaning “making heaps, a builder”] the termite or white ant Vin.II,113, 148, 152; III,151; M.I,306; J.III,320; IV,331; Miln.363, 392; Vism.62, DhA.II,25; III,15. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】白蚁。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(connected with Sk. upadīkā),【阴】白蚁(termite)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upacināti: {'def': '(upa + ci + nā), 收集，累积，建立。【过】 upacini。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + ci] -- 1. to collect, heap up, accumulate (puññaṁ or pāpaṁ) VvA.254; PvA.8, 241. -- 2. to concentrate, pay attention Th.1, 199 (C. upacetuṁ for ocetuṁ T.); J.V,339 (= oloketi). -- Pass. upaciyyati Th.1, 807. -- pp. upacita (q. v.). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+ci +nā), 收集，累积，建立。【过】upacini。【被】upacīyati。vammikovupacīyati﹐如筑蚁塚。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upacita: {'def': '[pp. of upacināti] -- 1. heaped up, accumulated, collected, produced (usually of puñña merit, & kamma karma) Sn.697; KhA 132; SnA 492; VvA.7, 271, 342; PvA.30, 150. -- 2. built up, conserved (of the body) Miln.232; DA.I,220. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Upacināti的【过分】) 已收集，已累积，已建立。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upacitatta: {'def': '(nt.) [abstr. fr. upacita] storing up, accumulation Dhs.431. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaciṇṇa: {'def': '(upacināti 的【过分】), 已熟练，已经常出入，已累积。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of upacarati] used, frequented, known (as value) J.VI,180. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upacināti 的【过分】), 已熟练，已经常出入，已累积。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upacāra: {'def': '【阳】附近，准备或初步的行动。upacāra-samādhi﹐近行定或近分定(已降伏五盖，靠近禅那的定力，已具有五禅支，但不稳定)。初禅定与近行定共为「有寻有伺」(savitakka-savicāra)。Vism.126：「这里「於近行地」则以舍断诸盖而等持於心，「於获得地」(安止地)则以诸支现前(而等持於心)。这二种定有如下的种种作用：於近行定，诸支是不强固的，因为诸支未生强力之故。譬如幼孩，引他站立而屡屡跌倒在地，如是於近行生起时，他的心有时以相为所缘有时堕於有分。於安止定则诸支强固，因为有强力之故。譬如有力之人，从坐而起，可以整天的站立，如安止定生起之时，则他的心一时断绝有分，整夜整日亦可持续，因以善的速行次第(相续)作用。」Vibhv.PTS:p.114.︰Nāccāsannopi hi nātidūrappavatti samīpacārī nāma hoti, appanaṁ upecca caratīti vā upacāraṁ. (非常接近、不太远、接近之称；运行於靠近了安止，称为‘近行’。)。Vibhv.p.197.︰Nīvaraṇavikkhambhanato paṭṭhāya gotrabhūpariyosānā kāmāvacarabhāvanā upacārabhāvanā nāma.(自从镇伏(五)盖以来，到种姓心的尽头，在欲界的修习，称为‘近行修习’。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】附近，准备或初步的行动。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. upa + car] -- 1. approach, access Vin.II,120, 152; IV,304; J.I,83, 172; DhsA.328 (phal°). -- 2. habit, practice, conduct Vin.II,20 (dassan°); SnA 140 (id.); J.III,280. -- 3. way, means application, use of (esp. of spells etc.) J.III,280 (mantassa); VI,180; Miln.153, 154 (dur° an evil spell); VvA.127 (gram. t.t. kāraṇ°). -- 4. entrance, access, i. e. immediate vicinity or neighbourhood of (-°) J.IV,182 (nagar°); usually as gām° Vin.I,109; III,46; IV,230; KhA 77; SnA 83, 179. -- 5. attention, attendance Vin.IV,272; J.VI,180; Miln.154. -- 6. civility, polite behaviour J.II,56; VI,102. -- 7. On upacāra as philos, t.t. and its relation to appanā see Dhs.trsl^n. 53, 54; Cpd. 55; Mystic p. XI. Thus used of samādhi (neighbourhood-, or access-concentration, distinguishing it from appanā-samādhi) at Vism.85, 126, 144 and passim. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadahati: {'def': '[upa + dahati¹] to put down, supply, furnish, put on; give, cause, make Vin.IV,149; D.II,135 (vippaṭisāraṁ); A.I,203 (dukkhaṁ); Miln.109, 139, 164, 286, 383. grd. pass. °dahātabba to be given or caused Vin.II,250 = A.III,197 (vippaṭisāra). Cp. upadhi. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+dah放置+a), 供给，给，引起。upadahi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadasseti: {'def': '(upa + dis + e), 使显然，显示。 upadassesi, 【过】。 upadassita, 【过分】。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa + dasseti, Caus. of dṛś, cp. also upadaṁseti] to make manifest, to show Miln.276, 316, 347. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+dis指出+e), 使显然，显示。upadassesi,【过】。upadassita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadaṁseti: {'def': '[= upadasseti with °aṁs° for °ass° like dhanseti = Sk. dharṣayati, haṁsa = harṣa etc. only in poetical passages] to cause to appear, to manifest M.II,120; S.I, 64, 65 (of gods, to become resplendent, to show divers colour-tones); A.II,84 = III,139 = 264 = Pug.49 (to show pleasure); Th.I,335, to bring forth (a goad, and so incite, urge on); Vin.IV,309. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(= upadasseti), 使显耀(to cause to appear, to manifest)，显出愉悦(to show pleasure)，产生(to bring forth (a goad, and so incite, urge on))。S.2.29./I,65.︰(全身)上下光色炳焕(uccāvacā vaṇṇanibhā upadaṁseti.)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadaṁsitar: {'def': '[n. ag. fr. upadaṁseti] one who shows Pug.49 (where upadhaṁsita is to be corrected to upad°, as already pointed out by Morris J P T S. 1887, 126. The word seems to be a crux to commentators, philologists, and translators, like upadaṁseti. Kern, Toev. s. v. keeps to the reading upah°, tries to connect it with Sk. dharṣati & trsl^s. “one who confirms”. The Pug.A leaves the word unexplained). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaddava: {'def': '【阳】不幸，危难，危险。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】不幸，危难，危险。dukkhupaddava,【阳】苦命。ācariyūpaddava，烦师(为师者之灾患)。antevāsūpaddava, 烦弟子(为弟子者之灾患)。brahmacariyupadava, 烦梵行(为梵行者之灾患)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + dava² of dru] lit. rushing on; accident, misfortune, distress, oppression S.II,210; A.I,101; Sn.51; Dh.338 (an°); DhA.I,16; Sdhp.267, 398. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaddavati: {'def': '[fr. upa + dru] to annoy, trouble DA.I,213. -- pp. upadduta (q. v.). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaddaveti: {'def': '(upa近+dav+e), 骚扰，困扰。upaddavesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadduta: {'def': '[pp. of upaddavati] overrun, oppressed, annoyed, overcome, distressed Vin.II,170; III,144, 283; S.II,210; IV,29; J.I,26, 61, 339; II,102; IV,324, 494; Pv.II,10⁸; Vism.24 (= apakata); Miln.279; VvA.311 (aṭṭita +); PvA.61. an° unmolested PvA.195; anupaddutatta state of not being molested VvA.95. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Upaddaveti的【过分】) 骚扰。dukkhena upaddutā, 苦命。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadesa: {'def': '【阳】忠告，指示，指令。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. upadisati] pointing out, indication, instruction, advice PvA.26 (tadupadesena read for tadupād°; KhA 208 differs at id. p.); KhA 100; Sdhp.227. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】忠告，指示，指令。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadeva: {'def': '[upa + deva, on use of upa in this meaning see upa 5] a secondary, lesser, minor god PvA.136. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadhaṁsitar: {'def': '& Upadhaṁseti at Pug.49 is to be read upad° (q. v.). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadheyya: {'def': '(nt.) [cp. upadhāna] a cushion J.VI,490 (for upatheyya, q. v.). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadhi: {'def': '[fr. upa + dhā, cp. upadahati & BSk. upadhi Divy 50, 224, 534] 1. putting down or under, foundation, basis, ground, substratum (of rebirth) S.I,117, 124, 134, 186; A.II,24 (°saṅkhaya); III,382 (id.); IV,150 (°kkhaya); It.21, 69; Sn.364, 728 (upadhī-nidānā dukkha = vaṭṭa-dukkhaṁ SnA 505), 789, 992; Nd¹ 27, 141; Nd² 157; Vbh.338; Nett 29; DhA.IV,33. -- (2) clinging to rebirth (as impeding spiritual progress), attachment (almost syn. with kilesa or taṇhā, cp. nirupadhi & anupadhi); S A. = pañcakkhandhā, S.II,108. At M I 162 (cp. Sn.33 = S.I,6 = I.107) wife and children, flocks and herds, silver and gold are called upadhayo. upadhi is the root of sorrow ib. 454; S.II,108; Sn.728 = 1051 = Th.I,152 and the rejection of all upadhis is Nibbāna D.II,36. (cp. S.I,136; III,133; V,226; A.I,80; M.I,107 = II.93; Vin.I,5, 36 = J.I,83 = Mvst II.444; It.46, 62); D.III,112 calls that which has upadhi ignoble (= non-Aryan). At S.I,117 = Divy 224 upadhi is called a bond (saṁgo). Cp. opadhika. -- The upadhis were later systematized into a set of 10, which are given at Nd² 157 as follows: 5 taṇh’upadhis (taṇhā, diṭṭhi, kilesa, kamma, duccarita), āhār-upadhi, paṭigh°, catasso upādinnā dhātuyo u. (viz. kāma, diṭṭhi, sīlabbata, attavāda; see D.III,230), cha ajjhattikāni āyatanāni u., cha viññāṇa-kāyā u. Another modified classification see at Brethren p. 398. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】再生的基质，执着。 ~ka, 【形】表现对再生的执着。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】再生的基质(substratum of rebirth)，执著(attachment﹐《杂阿含经》译作：亿波提)。upadhika,【形】表现对再生的执著。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadhika: {'def': '(Upadhīka) (adj.) (-°) [fr. upadhi] having a substratum, showing attachment to rebirth, only in cpds. an° free from clinging Vin.I,36; Sn.1057, & nir° id. S.I,141. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadhāna: {'def': '【中】枕头,【形】引起，令人难忘的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】枕头, 【形】引起，令人难忘的。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj. nt.) [fr. upa + dhā, cp. upadahati] “putting under”, i. e. (1) a pillow, cushion D.I,7; S.II,267 = Miln.366 (kaḷingar°); S.III,145; A.I,137, 181; III,50, J.IV,201; V,506 (tamb° = ratt° C.); (2) imposing, giving, causing Dh.291 dukkh°). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadhāneti: {'def': '[f. upa + dhā] to suppose, think, reflect DhA.I,239 (should be corrected to upadhāreti). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadhāraṇa: {'def': '【中】容器，奶桶。upadhāraṇā,【阴】计算，考虑。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】容器，奶桶。 upadhāraṇā, 【阴】计算，考虑。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upadhāraṇā: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + dhṛ] “receptacle”, milk-pail D.II,192; A.IV,393; J.VI,503. See kaṁs°. Kern, Toev. I. 142 proposes corruption fr. kaṁs’ûpadohana, which latter however does not occur in Pali. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(f) [cp. upadhāraṇa] calculation VvA.7. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadhāreti: {'def': '(upa + dhar + e), 推测，留心，考虑，总结。 upadhāresi, 【过】。 Upadhāvati (upa + dhāv + a), 跑到，追逐。 upadhāvi, 【过】。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(Caus. of upa + dhṛ, cp. dhāreti³] 1. “to hold or take up” (cp. semantically Lat. teneo = E. tenet), to reason out, conclude, reflect, surmise, know as such & such, realise J.I,338; DhA.I,28, 41; II,15, 20, 37, 96; IV,197 (an°); VvA.48, 200 (an°), 234, 260 (an°), 324; PvA.119 (for jānāti). -- 2. to look out for (Acc.) J.III, 65; VI,2. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+dhar+e), 推测，留心，考虑，总结。upadhāresi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadhārita: {'def': '(Upadhāreti的【过分】推测，留心，考虑，总结。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of upadhāreti] considered, reflected upon Dh.I,28; sûpadh° Miln.10; dûpadh° Vin.IV,275. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadhāvana: {'def': '【中】追赶。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】追赶。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upadhāvati: {'def': '(upa近+dhāv追+a), 跑到，追逐。upadhāvi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + dhāvati 1] to run up to or after, fall upon, surround Vin.II,207; IV,260 (pp. °dhāvita); S.I,185; S.II,26 (aparantaṁ); Th.1, 1209; Miln.209; VvA.256; PvA.154, 168, 173 (for padhāvitā). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadisana: {'def': '【中】指出，忠告。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upadisati: {'def': '(upa近+dis指出+a), 指出，劝告，显示。upadisi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + disati] to point out, show, advise, specify J.V, 457 (sippaṁ); Miln.21 (dhamma-maggaṁ). -- pp. upadiṭṭha (q. v.). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + dis + a), 指出，劝告，显示。 upadisi, 【过】。 Upadisana, 【中】指出，忠告。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upadissati: {'def': '(Upadisana的【被】), 出现。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + dissati] to be seen (open), to be shown up, to be found out or discovered Sn.140 (pres. upadissare = °nti SnA 192). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadiṭṭha: {'def': '(Upadisati的【过分】) 已指出，已颁布，已指定。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of upadisati] pointed out, put forth, specified Miln.144 (pañha). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upadāyaka: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [fr. upa + dā] giving, bestowing Sdhp.319. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaga: {'def': '【形】(在【合】中) 去到，到达，进入，在，产生。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(always as °ûpaga) (adj.) [upa + ga] -- 1. going to, getting to, reaching, in phrases kāy°, S.II,24; ākās’ānañc’āyatan° etc. Ps.I,84; kāy° S.II,24; brahmalok° Pv.II,13¹⁹; yathākamm° D.I,82. -- 2. coming into, experiencing, having, as vikappan° according to option Vin.IV,283; phal° bearing fruit, & pupph° having flowers, in flower PvA.275. ‹-› 3. attached to, belonging to, being at J.I,51 (hatth°); VvA.12 (id. + pādûpaga). -- 4. in phrase gayh° lit. “accessible to the grip”, acquisition of property, theft J.IV,219 (T. gayhûpaka); Miln.325; DhA.II,29; PvA.4. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】 (在【合】中) 去到，到达，进入，在，产生。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upagacchati: {'def': '(upa + gam + a), 走进，遭受，从事。 upagacchi, 【过】。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+gam去+a), 1.走进，进入，接近。2.从事。upagacchi,【过】。upagaccheyya﹐【祈】。upagantvā, upagamma,【独】。upagata,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + gacchati] -- 1. to come to, go to, approach, flow to (of water) D.II,12; PvA.12 (vasanaṭṭhānaṁ), 29, 32 (vāsaṁ) 132; ger. °gantvā PvA.70 (attano santikaṁ), & °gamma S.II,17, 20. -- 2. to undergo, go (in) to, to begin, undertake Sn.152 (diṭṭhiṁ anupagamma); J.I,106 (vassaṁ); PvA.42 (id.); J.I,200; niddaṁ upagacchati to drop off into sleep PvA.43 (aor. upagacchi, MSS. °gañchi), 105, 128. -- pp. upagata (q. v.). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upagamana: {'def': '【中】接近，经历，承诺。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + gam] approaching, going or coming to, undergoing, undertaking Vin.II,97 (+ ajjhupag°); Nett 27; Vism.600; PvA.42 (vass°). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】接近，经历，承诺。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upagamanaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upagamana] going to, one who goes to (with Acc.) PvA.168 (= °upaga). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upagamma: {'def': '(upagacchati 的【独】), 走进了。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upagacchati 的【独】), 走进了。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upagata: {'def': '[pp. of upagacchati] -- 1. gone to, come, approached (intrs.) Sn.708 (āsan° = nisinna SnA 495); PvA.77 (santikaṁ), 78, 79 (petalokaṁ), 123. -- 2. undergoing, coming or come under, overpowered, suffering Nd² under asita (= ajjhupagata in same conn. at A.V,187); Pv.I,11¹⁰ (khuppipās°); PvA.60 (= abhibhūta). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Upagacchati的【过分】) 走进(gone to)，遭受(come)，从事(approached)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upagaḷita: {'def': '[pp. of upagaḷati] flowing out, spat or slobbered out J.V,471 (°khelo; v. l. paggharita). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upagaṇhanā: {'def': '(f.) [abstr. of upa + gṛh] taking up, keeping up. meditating Miln.37. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upagaṇhāti: {'def': '(upa + gaṇhāti)﹐把取(to take up (for meditation) Miln 38)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + gaṇhāti] to take up (for meditation) Miln.38. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upagghāta: {'def': '【阳】颠簸，突然的猛烈动作。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of next] scented, smelled, kissed J.VI,543 (C. sīsamhi upasiṅghita). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】颠簸，突然的猛烈动作。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upagghāyati: {'def': '[upa + ghrā, see ghāyati¹] to smell at, in sense of “to kiss” J.V,328 (also inf. upagghātuṁ). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaghaṭṭita: {'def': '[pp. of upaghaṭṭeti] knocked or knocking against J.I,26 (V.179). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaghāta: {'def': '[fr. upa + (g)han, cp. ghāta] hurting, injuring, injury M.III,237; S.II,218; IV,323 sq.; A.III,173; Th.1, 583; Miln.274, 307, 347; DA.I,273. an° not hurting others, kindness Dh.185. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】upaghātana,【中】敲击，伤害，受伤。S.42.9./IV,324.︰Aṭṭha kho, gāmaṇi, hetū, aṭṭha paccayā kulānaṁ upaghātāya. 1Rājato vā kulāni upaghātaṁ gacchanti, 2corato vā kulāni upaghātaṁ gacchanti, 3aggito vā kulāni upaghātaṁ gacchanti udakato vā kulāni upaghātaṁ gacchanti, 4nihitaṁ vā ṭhānā vigacchati, 5duppayuttā vā kammantā vipajjanti, 6kule vā kulaṅgāroti uppajjati, 7yo te bhoge (S.42.9./IV,325.) vikirati vidhamati viddhaṁseti, 8aniccatāye aṭṭhamīti.(聚落主！家之损毁有八种因、八种缘。(1)家为国王所毁，(2)家为盗贼所毁，(3)家为火灾焚毁，(4)家为水灾淹没，(5)工作失利，(6)家有败家子，(7)分散、毁灭、破坏财富，(8)无常为第八。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 upaghātana, 【中】敲击，伤害，受伤，谋杀。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upaghātaka: {'def': 'upaghātī,【形】有害的，切短，破坏，伤害或破坏的人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'upaghātī, 【形】有害的，切短，破坏，伤害或破坏的人。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upaghātakakamma: {'def': '﹐【中】毁坏业，此善或不善业中止了较弱的业，而引生自己的果报。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upaghātana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upaghāta] hurting DhA.III,237 (an°). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaghātika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upaghāta] injuring, offending Vin.II,13. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaghātin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upaghāta] hurting, injuring J.III,523. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upagāmin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upa + gam, cp. °upaga] going to, undergoing, experiencing A.II,6 (jāti jar°). (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upagūhana: {'def': '【中】拥抱。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】拥抱(to embrace)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upagūhati: {'def': '(upa + gūh + a), 拥抱。 upagūhi, 【过】。 upagūhita, 【过分】。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+gūh+a), 拥抱。upagūhi,【过】。upagūhita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + gūhati] to embrace J.I,346, 349; II,424; III,437; V,157, 328, 384. -- ger. upaguyha J.VI,300. (Page 140)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upahacca: {'def': '(upahanati 的【独】), 接触，伤害，破坏。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upahanati 的【独】), 接触，伤害，破坏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(°-) [ger. of upahanti] -- 1. spoiling, impairing, defiling J.V,267 (manaṁ) -- 2. reducing, cutting short; only in phrase upahacca-parinibbāyin “coming to extinction after reducing the time of rebirths (or after having almost reached the destruction of life”) S.V,70, 201 sq.; A.I,233 sq.; IV,380; Pug.17 (upagantvā kālakiriyaṁ āyukkhayassa āsane ṭhatvā ti attho Pug.A 199); Nett 190. -- The term is not quite clear; there seems to have existed very early confusion with upapacca › upapajja › uppajja, as indicated by BSk. upapadya-parinirvāyin, and by remarks of C. on Kvu 268, as quoted at Kvu trsl^n. 158, 159. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upahanati: {'def': '(upa + han + a), 伤害，破坏。 ~hani, 【过】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+han+a), 伤害，破坏。upahani,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upahanti: {'def': '(& °hanati J.I,454) [upa + han] to impair, injure; to reduce, cut short; to destroy, only in ger. upahacca; pp. upahata & Pass. upahaññati (q. v.). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaharati: {'def': '[upa + hṛ] to bring, offer, present A.II,87; III, 33; Dh.I,301, 302; J.V,477. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaharaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + hṛ] -- 1. presentation; luxury J.I,231. -- 2. taking, seizing J.VI,198. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upahata: {'def': '【过分】 upahanati。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of upahanti] injured, spoilt; destroyed D.I,86 (phrase khata + upahata); S.I,238 (na sûpahata “not easily put out” trsl.); II 227; A.I,161; Dh.134; J.VI,515; Miln.223, 302; DhA.II,33 (an°).

The formula at D.I,86 (khata+upahata) is doubtful as to its exact meaning. According to Bdhgh it means “one who has destroyed his foundation of salvation,” i.e. one who cannot be saved. Thus at DA.I,237: “bhinna-patiṭṭho jāto,” i.e. without a basis. Cp. remarks under khata. The trslⁿ at Dial. I.95 gives it as “deeply affected and touched in heart”: doubtful. The phrase upahaccaparinibbāyin may receive light from upahata. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'upahanati的【过分】伤害，破坏。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upahattar: {'def': '[Sk. *upahartṛ, n. ag. of upa + hṛ] a bringer (of) M.I,447 sq. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upahattu: {'def': '【阳】带来者，传达者。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】带来者，传达者。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upahaññati: {'def': '[Pass. of upahanti] to be spoilt or injured Sn.584; J.IV,14; Miln.26. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upahanati 的【被】), 被破坏，被伤害。 upahaññi, 【过】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upahanati 的【被】), 被破坏，被伤害。upahaññi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upahiṁsati: {'def': '[upa + hiṁs] to injure, hurt Vin.II,203; J.IV,156. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upahāra: {'def': '【阳】礼物，带来。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. upa + hṛ] bringing forward, present, offering, gift Vin.III,136 (āhār°) A.II,87; III,33; V,66 (mett°); J.I,47; IV,455; VI,117; DA.I,97. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】礼物，带来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upajjha: {'def': 'upajjhāya, 【阳】和尚，宗教导师，戒师。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': 'upajjhāya,【阳】和尚(古译：和上)，宗教导师，戒师。于阗等地则称和社、和闍(khosha)。《善见律》(T24.792.3)：「和上者，外国语，汉言知罪、知无罪，是名和上。」Vin.Cv.II,228.︰“Upajjhāyena, bhikkhave, saddhivihāriko saṅgahetabbo anuggahetabbo 1uddesena 2paripucchāya 3ovādena 4anusāsaniyā.”(诸比丘！戒师应通过1读诵(教导背诵经典)、2询问(考问经典的义理)、3教诫(对还没发生的事情的教导)、4随教授(对於已发生事情的教导，或反复的教导。)来摄护、摄受弟子。) 《四分律删繁补阙行事钞》卷上(之三) (T40.31.1)︰「相传云︰和尚为力生(道力由成)，闍梨为正行(能纠正弟子行)，未见经论，杂含中外道亦号师为和尚。弟子者，学在我后，名之为弟，解从我生，名之为子。」', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': 'see next. (Page 141)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upajjhācariya: {'def': '亲教师，剃度新来比丘的长老。', 'xr': '《巴英术语汇编》 -《法的医疗》附温宗堃'}

Upajjhāya: {'def': '[Vedic upādhyāya, upa + adhi + i, līt. “one who is gone close up to”] a spiritual teacher or preceptor, master. Often comb^d. with ācariya e. g. Vin.I, 119; Nd¹ 350; the ācariya being only the deputy or substitute of the upajjhāya. Vin.I,45, 53, 62, 120; IV, 130; S.I,185; A.II,66, 78; III,69; SnA 346; DhA.II,93; PvA.55, 60, 230. -- A short form of upajjhāya is upajjha, found in the Vinaya, e. g. at Vin.I,94; III,35; with f. upajjhā Vin.IV,326. (Page 141)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upajānāti: {'def': '[upa + jānāti] to learn, acquire or have knowledge of (w. Gen. or Instr.), to know Vin.I,272 (saṁyamassa); II,181 (gharāvās’atthena); A.I,50 (dvinnaṁ dhammānaṁ upaññāsin). -- fut. upaññissati (& upaññassati Sn.716) Sn.701, 716 (= upaññayissati kathayissati SnA 498); J.V,215. -- pp. upaññāta (q. v.). (Page 141)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upajīvati: {'def': '(upa近+jīv活 +a),倚赖，寄生。upajīvi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + jīv + a), 倚赖，寄生。 upajīvi, 【过】。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + jīvati] to live on (w. Acc.), to depend on, to live by somebody, to be supported by (Acc.) D.I,228; S.I,217; Sn.612 sq.; Th.1, 943; J.III,309, 338; IV,271 (= anujīvati); Pv.II,9⁵⁰ (Aṅkuraṁ u. ti taṁ nissāya jīvanti PvA.134); Miln.231. (Page 141)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upajīvika: {'def': '(adj.) [= upajīvin] Sdhp.501 (see next). (Page 141)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upajīvin: {'def': '(-°) (adj.-n.) [fr. upa + jīv] living on, subsisting by A.II,135 (phal°); Sn.217 (para-datt°), J.I,227 (vohār°); IV,380; Pug.51; Miln.160 (Satth°); VvA.141 (sipp°). f. upajīvinī in rūp° (itthi) a woman earning her living by her beauty (i. e. a courtesan) Miln.122; PvA.46; cp. kiliṭṭha-kamm° gaṇikā PvA.195. (Page 141)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upajīvī: {'def': '【形】倚赖，寄生，侍从，食客。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】倚赖，寄生，侍从，食客。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upajūta: {'def': '(nt.) [upa + jūta] stake at game J.VI,192. (Page 141)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaka: {'def': '(-°) [for °upaga] found only in comb^n. kulûpaka where second k stands for g. through assimilation with first k. Only with ref. to a bhikkhu = one who frequents a certain family (for the purpose of getting alms), a family friend, associate Vin.I,192, 208; III,84; S.II,200 sq.; A.III,258 sq.; Nd² 385¹; Pv III,8⁵; PvA.266. -- f. kulûpikā (bhikkhunī) Vin.II,268; IV,66. -- Sporadic in gayhūpaka (for °ûpaga) at J.IV,219. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(=upaga), 【形】接近的，屡次的。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(=upaga),【形】接近的，屡次的。brahmalokūpago,接近梵天界。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upakaccha: {'def': 'upakacchaka,【中】腋窝、胳肢窝(armpit)，坳洞。台语：过耳豅空、kue hinn7 lang khang，胳下豅kue e7 lang，胳下空kueh e7 khang。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(°-) [upa + kacchā²] only in comb^n. with °antare lit. “in between the hips or loins or arm-pits”, in 3 phrases (cp. Kern, Toev. II.140 s. v.), viz. upakacchantare katvā taking (it) between the legs J.I,63, 425, khipitvā throwing (it) into the armpits J.V,211 & ṭhapetvā id. J.V,46. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'upakacchaka, 【中】腋窝。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakacchaka: {'def': '[upa + kacchā + ka, cp. Sk. upakakṣa in diff. meaning] (1) [= upa + kaccha¹ + ka] like an enclosure, adj. in the form of a hollow or a shelter J.I,158. (2) [= upa + kacchā² + ka] like the armpit, a hollow, usually the armpit, but occasionally it seems to be applied to the hip or waist Vin.III,39; IV,260 (pudendum muliebre); Miln.293; J.V,437 (= kaccha²). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakannaka: {'def': '(adj.) [upa + kaṇṇa + ka] by the ear, being at or on the ear of somebody, only in Loc. as adv. upakaṇṇake secretly Vin.I,237; II,99; IV,20, 271; S.I,86; A.III,57; SnA 186; and in cpd. °jappin one who whispers into the ear (of another), spreader of reports A.III,136. Cp. kaṇṇajappaka & kaṇṇajappana. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakappana: {'def': '【中】 upakappanā, 【阴】走进，利益。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】upakappanā,【阴】走进，利益。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upakappati] profit PvA.29 (dān°), 49 (an°). (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakappanaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upakappana] profitable J.I,398; DhA.II,133. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakappati: {'def': '(upa近+kapp+a), 走进，造益，适当。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + kapp + a), 走进，造益，适当。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + kappati] intrs.) to be beneficial to (w. Dat.), to serve, to accrue S.I,85; Pv.I,4⁴ (= nippajjati PvA.19); I,5⁷ (petānaṁ); I,10⁴ (= viniyujjati PvA.49); J.V,350; PvA.8, 29 (petānaṁ), 27 (id.), 241; Sdhp.501, 504. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakaraṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + kṛ] help, service, support; means of existence, livelihood D.II,340; A.II,86; J.I,7; PvA.60 (commodities), 133 (°manussa, adj. suitable, fit); Sdhp.69. In general any instrument or means of achieving a purpose, viz. apparatus of a ship J.IV,165; tunnavaya° a weaver’s outfit J.II,364; dabb° fit to be used as wood Vism.120; dān° materials for a gift PvA.105 (so read & cp. upakkhaṭa); nahān° bathing requisites VvA.248; vitt° luxuries A.V,264 sq., 283, 290 sq.; PvA.71. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】工具，配备，器具，必需品，帮忙，支持，准备。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】工具(台语：家俬ke si)，配备，器具，必需品，帮忙，支援，准备。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upakaroti: {'def': '[upa + karoti] to do a service, serve, help, support Th.2, 89 (aor. upakāsiṁ = anugaṇhiṁ santappesiṁ ThA.88). -- pp. upakkhaṭa (q. v.). (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+kar行+o), 帮助，支援，服侍。upakari,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + kar + o), 帮助，支援，服侍。 upakari, 【过】。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakaḍḍhati: {'def': '(upa近+kaḍḍh+a), 拖近，拉近。upakaḍḍhi,【过】。upakaḍḍhita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + kaḍḍhati, cp. upakaṭṭha] to drag or pull on to (w. Dat.), or down to D.I,180 (+ apakaḍḍhati); III,127 (id.); M.I,365; S.I,49; II,99; Dh.311 (nirayāya = niraye nibbattapeti DhA.III,484). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + kaḍḍh + a), 拖近，拉近。 upakaḍḍhi, 【过】。 upakaḍḍhita,【过分】。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakaṇḍakin: {'def': '(Pv.II,1¹³) see under uppaṇḍukin. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakaṇṇa: {'def': '(°-) [upa + kaṇṇa] lit. (spot) near the ear, only in oblique cases or in der. °ka (q. v.) Th.1, 200 (upakannamhi close to the ear, under the ear). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakaṇṇaka: {'def': '【中】能够听到他人耳语的地方。upakaṇṇake,【形】秘密地。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】能够听到他人耳语的地方。 upakaṇṇake, 【形】秘密地。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakaṇṭha: {'def': 'at Dāvs.V,41 is to be corrected to upakaṭṭha. (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakaṭṭha: {'def': '【形】靠近，接近的。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of upa + karś to draw up or near to] approaehing, near J.IV,213 (yāva upakaṭṭha-majjhantikā till nearly noon). Usually in foll. two phrases: upakaṭṭhe kāle when the time was near, i. e. at the approach of meal time Vin.IV,175; VvA.6, 294; and upakaṭṭhāya vassûpanāyikāya as Lent was approaching Vin.I,253; PvA.42; VvA.44. Cp. vūpakaṭṭha. -- Loc. upakaṭṭhe as adv. or prep. “near, in the neighbourhood of” Nd² 639 (= santike); Dāvs.V,41 (so read for upakaṇṭhe). (Page 138)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】靠近，接近的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upakhandha: {'def': '[upa + khandha] lit. upper (side of the) trunk, back, shoulder J.IV,210 (= khandha C.). (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakiriyā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. upa + kṛ] implement, ornament J.V,408. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakiṇṇa: {'def': '[pp. of upakirati] strewn over with (-°), covered Vv 35¹ (rucak°, so read for rājak°; expl^d by okiṇṇa VvA.160). (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakka: {'def': 'see uppakka. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkama: {'def': '【阳】方法，手段，方式，攻击。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. upa + kram] (1) lit. (a) going to, nearing, approach (-°) VvA.72. -- (b) attack Vin.II,195; Miln.157; DA.I,69, 71. -- (2) applied (a) in general: doing, acting, undertaking, act S.I,152 = Sn.p. 126. -- (b) in special: ways, means, i. e. either good of helpful means, expedient, remedy Sn.575; Miln.151, 152; or bad or unfair means, treachery, plotting Th.1, 143; J.IV,115 (punishment); Miln.135, 176. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】方法，手段，方式，攻击。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakkamana: {'def': '【中】攻击，逼近。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + kram] going near to, attacking J.IV,12. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkamati: {'def': '(upa + kam + a), 努力，从事，开始，攻击。 upakkami, 【过】。 Upakkamana, 【中】攻击，逼近。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+kam(梵kram)超越+a), 努力，从事，开始，攻击。upakkami,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + kamati of kram] to go on to, i e. (1) to attack M.I,86 = Ud.71. -- (2) to undertake Vin.III,110, 111. -- (3) to begin Vin.IV,316; DA.I,318. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkanta: {'def': '[pp. of upakkamati] 1. attacked by (-°) Miln.112. -- 2. attacking, intriguing or plotting against (Loc.) DA.I,140. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkhalana: {'def': '【中】绊倒。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. prec.] stumbling, tripping Vism.500. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】绊倒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upakkhalati: {'def': '[upa + khalati] to stumble, trip D.II,250; M.II,209; A.III,101; J.III,433. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkhaṭa: {'def': '& °ta [pp. of upakaroti] done as a favour or service, given, prepared, administered D.I,127 (= sajjita DA.I,294); Pv.II,8⁴ (= sajjita PvA.107); J.VI,139; Miln.156. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'Upakkhata(pp. of upakaroti),【形】准备，管理，带近。Upakkhaṭa & °ta [] done as a favour or service, given, prepared, administered D.I,127 (= sajjita DA.I,294); Pv.II.84 (= sajjita PvA.107); J.VI.139; Miln.156.', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】准备，管理，带近。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakkhittaka: {'def': 'at Ps.II,196 see upakk°. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkilesa: {'def': '(upa+ kilis(梵kliw)被折磨﹑被弄脏,梵upaklewa),【阳】近污染(defilement)，污秽(impurity)，翳(A.4.50.)，任何破坏或阻隔的事(anything that spoils or obstructs)。SA.47.8./III,201.︰Upakkilesāti pañca nīvaraṇā(近污染︰五盖)。《布喻经》说：十六种心的近烦恼：1.abhijjhāvisamalobho(贪欲)(abhijjhā贪婪【阴】+visama不平顺的【形】+lobha贪欲【阳】)，byāpādo(拂逆、瞋), kodho(忿), upanāho(恨), makkho(覆), paḷāso(恼害), issā(嫉), macchariyaṁ(悭), māyā(诈瞒), sāṭheyyaṁ(诳), thambho(顽迷), sārambho(性急、激愤), māno(慢), atimāno(过慢), mado(憍), pamādo(放逸) (M.7./I,36-37)。《清净道论》说十种染：obhāso(光明), ñāṇaṁ(智), pīti(喜), passaddhi(轻安), sukhaṁ(乐), adhimokkho(胜解), paggaho(策励), upaṭṭhānaṁ(现起), upekkhā(舍), nikantī(欲) (Vism.633.)。cetaso upakkilese paññāya dubbalīkaraṇe，心的污秽，使智慧微弱之行为(心秽、慧羸)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】杂质，污秽，任何破坏或阻隔的事。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. upa + kliś] anything that spoils or obstructs, a minor stain, impurity, defilement, depravity, Vin.II,295 (cp. SnA 487 & VvA.134 & see abbha); M.I,36, 91; D.III,42 sq., 49 sq., 201; S.V,92 sq. (pañca cittassa upakkilesā), 108, 115; A.I,10 (āgantuka), 207 (cittassa), 253 (oḷārika etc.); II,53 (candima-suriyānaṁ samaṇa-brāhmaṇānaṁ), 67; III,16 (jātarūpassa, cittassa), 386 sq.; IV,177 (vigatā); V,195; Ps.I,164 (eighteen); Pug.60; Dhs.1059, 1136; Nett 86 sq., 94, 114 sq.; Sdhp.216, 225 (as upaklesa). Ten stains at Vism.633. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkiliṭṭha: {'def': '【形】弄脏，不纯的，沾染。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【形】弄脏，不纯的，沾染。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of upa + klid or kliś, cp. kilesa & next] soiled, stained, depraved, impure S.I,179; A.I,207 (citta); Vism.13. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkitaka: {'def': '[fr. upa + krī to buy] a buyer, hawker, dealer comb^d. with bhataka DhA.I,119 = Ud.23 (C. expl^s. by “yo kahāpaṇâdīhi kiñci kināti so upakkitako ti vuccati”); Ps.II,196 (? T. upakkhittaka). (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakkosa: {'def': '[fr. upa + kruś] censure, reproach J.VI,489. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】责备，责难。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】责备，责难。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakkosati: {'def': '[upa + kosati] to scold, reprove, blame D.II,161; J.III,436, 523; IV,81, 317, 409. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+kus(梵kruw)大叫+a), 责备，责怪，责骂。upakkosi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + kus + a), 责备，责怪，责骂。 upakkosi, 【过】。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakkuṭṭha: {'def': '[pp. of upakkosati] blamed, reproached, censured, faulty D.I,113 (an°); Sn.p. 115 (id.); J.III,523; DA.I,211. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upakkosati 的【过分】)。(p71)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upakkosati 的【过分】)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upakkītaka: {'def': '【阳】买来的奴隶。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】买来的奴隶。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakāra: {'def': '【阳】帮忙，支援，好意。upakāraka,【形】帮助的，有效的，助手的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[fr. upa + kṛ, cp. upakaraṇa] service, help, benefit, obligation, favour D.III,187 sq.; VvA.68; PvA.8, 18 (°āya hoti is good for); Sdhp.283, 447, 530. ‹-› bahûpakāra (adj.) of great help, very serviceable or helpful S.IV,295; PvA.114. upakāraṁ karoti to do a favour, to oblige PvA.42, 88, 159 (kata); katûpakāra one to whom a service has been rendered PvA.116.

--āvaha useful, serviceable, doing good PvA.86. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】帮忙，支持，好意。 upakāraka, 【形】帮助，有效的，助手。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakāraka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upakāra] serviceable, helping, effective J.V,99; Vism.534. -- f. upakārikā 1. benefactress, helper J.III,437. -- 2. fortification (strengthening of the defence) on a city wall D.I,105, see DA.I,274 & cp. parikkhāra; M.I,86 (= Nd² 199⁶). -- 3. (philosophy) = cause (that which is an aid in the persistence or happening of any given thing) Tikapaṭṭhāna I.11 (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakārikā: {'def': '【阴】 1. 女施主。 2. （建筑）扶壁。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】1.女施主。2.(建筑)扶壁。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upakārin: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. upakāra; cp. ASk. upakārin Jtm. 31⁴²] a benefactor J.III,11; DA.I,187; Sdhp.540, 546. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakārī: {'def': '【阳】帮忙者，恩人。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】帮忙者，恩人。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakūjati: {'def': '[upa + kūjati] to sing to (of birds) J.IV,296 (kūjantaṁ u. = replies w. song to the singing). -- pp. upakūjita (q. v.). (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+kūj +a), 唱，吱喳而呜。upakūji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + kūj + a), 唱，吱喳而呜。 upakūji, 【过】。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakūjita: {'def': '(-°) [pp. of upakūjati] resounding, filled with the hum or song of (birds) J.IV,359; PvA.154. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Upakūjati的【过分】), 已响亮著鸟鸣，已充满著鸟鸣。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upakūla: {'def': '[upa + kūla] embankment, a river’s bank, riverside J.VI,26 (rukkh’ûpakūlaje the trees sprung up at its bank). (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakūlita: {'def': '[derivation uncertain] used of the nose in old age Th.2, 258 (jarāya paṭisedhikā viya says the commentary. Morris J.P.T.S. 1884, 74 trsl^s. obstructed; Mrs. Rh. D. in “Sisters” takes it for upakūḷita and trsl^s. seared and shrivelled. So also Ed. Müller J R A S. 1919. 538. This is probably right; but Oldenberg, Pischel and Hardy all read upakūlita. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【过分】已起皱纹，已唱，已烤。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已起皱纹，已唱，已烤。(p70)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upakūsita: {'def': 'at J.II,134 is perhaps faulty for °kūḷita, which is suggested by C. expl^n. “kukkule jhāmo” and also by v. l. °kuṭhita (for kuṭṭhita boiled, sweltering, hot). The variant (gloss) °kūjita may have the same origin, viz. °kūḷita, was however interpreted (v. l. BB.) by °kupita (meaning “shaken, disturbed by fire”). (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upakūḷita: {'def': '[pp. of kūḍ, a variant of kuth, kvathati] singed, boiled, roasted J.I,405 (“half-roasted” = aḍḍhajjhāmaka C.). See also upakūsita. (Page 139)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upala: {'def': '【阳】石。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】石。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Lit. Sk. upala, etym. uncertain] a stone Dāvs III,87. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalabbhati: {'def': '(Upalabhati的【被】), 要找的，存在。D.16./II,151.︰“Yasmiṁ kho, Subhadda, dhammavinaye ariyo aṭṭhaṅgiko maggo na upalabbhati, samaṇopi tattha na upalabbhati.(须跋！於任何法、律中，不存在八支圣道者，其处则不存在(第一)沙门果。)(也不存在第一、第三、第四沙门果) “suññā parappavādā samaṇebhi aññehi. Ime ca , Subhadda, bhikkhū sammā vihareyyuṁ, asuñño loko arahantehi assāti.”(外道沙门之言论皆是空虚。然，须跋！若诸比丘住此正道者，此世间则不空缺阿罗汉。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upalabhati: {'def': '(upa + labh + a), 获得，拿，找。 upalabhi, 【过】。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+labh+a), 获得，拿，找。upalabhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + labh] to receive, get, obtain to find, make out Miln.124 (kāraṇaṁ); usually in Pass. upalabbhati to be found or got, to be known; to exist M.I,138 (an°); S.I,135; IV,384; Sn.858; Pv.II,11¹ (= paccanubhavīyati PvA.146); Kvu 1, 2; Miln.25; PvA.87. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaladdha: {'def': '(upalabhati 的【过分】), 已获得，已找到。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of upalabhati] acquired, got, found J.VI,211 (°bāla; v. l. paluddha°); Sdhp.4, 386. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upalabhati 的【过分】), 已获得，已找到。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upaladdhi: {'def': '【阴】获得，见解。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】获得，见解。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. upa + labh] acquisition; knowledge Miln.268; VvA.279. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalakketi: {'def': '(upa + lakkh + e), 区别。 upalakkesi, 【过】。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+lakkh+e), 区别。upalakkesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upalakkhaṇā: {'def': '【阴】辨别。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) & °aṁ (nt.) [upa + lakkhaṇa] discrimination S.III,261 (an°); Dhs.16, 20, 292, 1057; Pug.25; VvA.240. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】辨别。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upalakkheti: {'def': '[upa + lakṣay] to distinguish, discriminate Vism.172. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalakkhita: {'def': '(Upalakketi的【过分】) 区别。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upalepa: {'def': '[fr. upa + lip] defilement J.IV,435. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】upalimpana,【中】涂料，弄脏，涂。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 upalimpana, 【中】涂料，弄脏，涂。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upalikkhati: {'def': '[upa + likh] to scratch, scrape, wound A.III,94 sq. (= vijjhati C.). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalimpati: {'def': '(upa近+li+ṁ-a), 涂污，弄脏，感染。upalimpi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + li + ŋ-a), 涂污，弄脏，感染。 upalimpi, 【过】。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + lip] to smear, defile D.II,18; Vin.III,312; J.I,178; IV,435; Miln.154. -- Pass. upalippati, pp. upalitta (q. v.). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalippati: {'def': '[Pass. of upalimpati] to be defiled; to stick to, hang on to Sn.547, 812; J.III,66 (= allīyati C.); Miln.250, 337. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalitta: {'def': '[pp. of upalimpati] smeared with (-°), stained, tainted Th.2, 467 (cp. ThA.284; T. reads apalitta); Pug.56. Usually neg. an° free from taint, undefiled M.I,319, 386; Miln.318; metri causa anûpalitta S.I,141; II,284; Sn.211, 392, 468, 790, 845; Dh.353 (cp. DhA.IV,7). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Upalimpati的【过分】) 涂污，弄脏，感染。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upallaviṁ: {'def': 'Sn.1145 see upaplavati. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalohitaka: {'def': '(adj. [upa + lohita + ka, see upa 5] reddish J.III,21 (= rattavaṇṇa C.). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalāleti: {'def': '(upa + lal + e), 抚爱，爱。 upalālesi, 【过】。 upalālita, 【过分】。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+lal+e), 抚爱，爱。upalālesi,【过】。upalālita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upalāpana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + lap] talking over or down, persuasion; diplomacy, humbug D.II,76; Miln.115, 117. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】说服，欺骗。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】说服，欺骗。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upalāpeti: {'def': '(upa + lap + e), 说服，哄。 upalāpesi, 【过】。 upalāpita, 【过分】。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+lap唠叨+e), 说服，哄。upalāpesi,【过】。upalāpita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. of upa + lap] to persuade, coax, prevail upon, talk over, cajole Vin.I,119; III,21; J.II,266; III,265; IV,215; PvA.36, 46, 276. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalāḷeti: {'def': '[Caus. of upa + lal; cp. BSk. upalāḍayati Divy 114, 503]. -- 1. to caress, coax, fondle, win over J.II,267; Vism.300; Sdhp.375. -- 2. to boast of, exult in J.II,151. -- pp. upalāḷita (q. v.). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upalāḷita: {'def': '[pp. of upalāḷeti] caressed, coaxed Sdhp.301. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upama: {'def': '【形】(在【合】中) 同样的，相似的，有…的特质。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(adj.) [compar.-superl. formation fr. upa, cp. Lat. summus fr. *(s)ub-mo] “coming quite or nearly up to”, i. e. like, similar, equal D.I,239 (andha-veṇ°); M.I,432 (taruṇ° a young looking fellow); A.IV,11 udak° puggala a man like water); Pv.I,1¹ (khett° like a well cultivated field; = sadisa PvA.7); PvA.2, 8 etc. -- Note. ūpama metri causa see ū° and cp. opamma & upamā. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】 (在【合】中) 同样的，相似的，有…的质量。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upameti: {'def': '[upa + mā] to measure one thing by another, to compare J.VI,252; Vism.314 (°metvā, read °netvā?). (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+mā测量+e), 比较。upamesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + mā + e), 比较。 upamesi, 【过】。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upameyya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd. of upa + mā] to be compared, that which is to be likened or compared, the 1^st part of a comparison VvA.13. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】要比较的，把…比作。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】要比较的，把…比作。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upamita: {'def': '(Upameti的【过分】) 比较。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upamā: {'def': '(f.) [f. of upama in abstract meaning] likeness, simile, parable, example (cp. formula introducing u. S.II, 114; M.I,148); Sn.705 (cp. Dh.129, 130), 1137 (= upanidhā sadisaṁ paṭibhāgo Nd² 158); It.114; Vism.341, 478, 512, 582 sq., 591 sq.; PvA.29, 112 (dhen°); SnA 329, 384; Sdhp.29, 44, 259.

--vacana expression of comparison (usually applied to part. evaṁ) SnA 13, 472; KhA 185, 195, 208, 212; PvA.25. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】 upamāna, 【中】直喻，寓言，比较。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】upamāna,【中】直喻，寓言，比较。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upamāna: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + mā] comparison, the 2^nd part of the comparison J.V,341; VvA.13. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upamānita: {'def': '[pp. of caus. upa + mā] measured out, likened, like, comparable Th.2, 382 (= sadisa ThA.255). (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanaccati: {'def': '[upa + naccati] to perform a dance D.II,268. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanadati: {'def': '[upa + nadati] to resound (with song) Pv III,3⁴ (= vikūjati PvA.189). (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanaddha: {'def': '(Upanandhati的【过分】) 怀敌意，抱怨。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanamana: {'def': '【中】决心要，专心於，带近来。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】决心要，专心于，带近来。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanamati: {'def': '[upa + namati] to be bent on, strive after J III 324 (= upagacchati C.). -- pp. upanata; Caus. upanāmeti (q. v.). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+nam+a), 下决心…的，靠近，出席。upanami,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upananda: {'def': '（比库名）伍巴难达，（古音译：）优波难陀', 'xr': '《巴利语汇解》与《巴利新音译》玛欣德尊者'}

Upanandha: {'def': '[pp. of upanayhati, see naddha & nandhati] scorned, grumbled at Vin.II,118. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanandhati: {'def': '[a secondary der. fr. upanandha, pp. of upanayhati] to bear enmity towards, to grumble at (with Loc.); aor. upanandhi Vin.II,118 (tasmiṁ); IV,83; Mhvs 36, 117. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + nah + ya) 怀敌意，抱怨。 upanandhi, 【过】。 Upanamati (upa + nam + a), 下决心…的，靠近，出席。 upanami, 【过】。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+nah+ya) 怀敌意，抱怨。upanandhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanata: {'def': '[pp. of upanamati] inclined, bent, prone PvA.190. (Page 142)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '[upanamati靠近] 的【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upanamati 的【过分】)。(p72)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanaya: {'def': '(fr. upa + ni),【阳】1.带近来(bringing near)。2.启蒙，入门(initiation)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanayana: {'def': '【中】 1. 带近来。 2. 小前提的典礼。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + ni; cp. naya & nayana] tt. for the minor premiss, subsumption (see Kvu trsl. 11) Miln.154; Nett 63; DhsA.329 (so read with v. l. for °najana). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(fr. upa + ni; cp. naya & nayana),【中】1.带近来。2.启蒙，入门。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanayhanā: {'def': '【阴】1.恶意，敌意。2.包上。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(f.) & °nayhitatta (nt.) are syn. for upanāha (grudge, ill-will) in exegesis at Pug.18 = 22, whereas id. p. at Vbh.357 reads upanahanā upanahitattaṁ (with v. l. upanayihanā & upanayihitattaṁ). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanayhati: {'def': '[upa + nayhati] -- 1. to come into touch with It.68 = J.IV,435 (pūtimacchaṁ kusaggena, cp. DhA.I,45). -- 2. to bear enmity towards (Loc.), to grudge, scorn Dh.3, 4. -- pp. upanandha (for °naddha). -- See also upanandhati. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + nah + ya), 怀敌意，包装。 upanayhi, 【过】。 Upanayhanā, 【阴】 1. 恶意，敌意。 2.包上。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+nah+ya), 怀敌意，包装。upanayhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upaneti: {'def': '[upa + neti] to bring up to, conduce, adduce; to present, give J.I,200; Miln.396; DA.I,276; PvA.39, 43, 49, 53, 74. -- Pass. upanīyati (°niyyati) -- 1. to be brought (up to) J.IV,398; ppr. °nīyamāna J.I,200; PvA.5. -- 2. to be brought to conclusion, or to an end (of life) M.II,68; S.I,2. -- 3. to be carried along or away A.I,155. -- pp. upanīta (q. v.). -- ger. upanīya (q. v.). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+nī+e), 提出，转用，呈现，给。upanesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + nī + e), 提出，有助，呈现，给。 upanesi, 【过】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanibaddha: {'def': '[pp. of °nibandhāti] -- 1. tied on to Miln.253, 254. -- 2. closely connected with, close to Vin.III,308 (Samanta Pāsādikā). -- 3. attached to DA.I,128. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Upanibandhati的【过分】) 系在附近，恳求。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanibajjhati: {'def': 'see upanibandhati. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanibandha: {'def': '[upa + ni + bandh] 1. close connection, dependence Vism.19 (°gocara). -- 2. (adj. --°) connected with, dependent on Vism.235 (jīvitaṁ assāsa-passāsa° etc). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阳】关系亲密，【形】依靠的，接触的。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阳】关系亲密，【形】依靠的，接触的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanibandhana: {'def': '(adj. nt.) [upa + n°] (adj.) closely connected with D.I,46; DA.I,128; (nt.) tie, fetter, leash Miln.253. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】1.关系亲密。2.硬要。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 1. 关系亲密。 2. 硬要。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanibandhati: {'def': '(upa + ni + badh + ŋ-a), 系在附近，恳求。 upanibandhi, 【过】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+ni+bandh绑+ṁ-a), 系在附近，恳求。upanibandhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + n°) to tie close to, to bind on to, attach M.III,132; Miln.254, 412. -- Pass. upanibajjhati to be attached to Sn.218. -- pp. °nibaddha (q. v.). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanibbatta: {'def': '[upa + nibbatta] come out, produced DA.I,247. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanibha: {'def': '(adj. [upa + nibha] somewhat like (-°) M.I,58 = A.III,324 (saṅkha-vaṇṇa°); J.I,207 (= sadisa C.); V,302 (tāla°). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanidhi: {'def': '(f.) [upa + ni + dhā, cp. nidhi] -- 1. deposit, pledge Vin.III,51. -- 2. comparison, in phrase upanidhiṁ na upeti “does not come into comparison, cannot be compared with” M.III,177; S.II,263; V,457 (so read for upanidhañ); Ud.23. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanidhā: {'def': '(f.) [abstracted from upanidhāya or direct formation fr. upa + ni + dhā?] comparison Nd² 158 (= upamā; should we read upanidhāya?). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】upanidhi,【阳】比较，保证。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】 upanidhi, 【阳】比较，保证。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanidhāya: {'def': '【无】与…比较。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(indecl.) [ger. of upa + nidahati of dhā] comparing in comparison, as prep. w. Acc. “compared with” M.I,374; III,177 (Himavantaṁ pabbatarājānaṁ); S.II,133 (mahāpaṭhaviṁ), 262; V,457 (Sineru-pabbata-rājānaṁ); A.III,181 sq.; IV,253 sq. (dibbasukhaṁ); Th.1, 496 (kammaṁ); J.II,93; DA.I,29, 59, 283. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(ger. of upa + nidahati of dhā),【无】与…比较(comparing in comparison)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanighaŋsati: {'def': '(upa + ni + ghaŋs + a), 接近，压破。 upanighaŋsi, 【过】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanighaṁsati: {'def': '(upa近+ni+ghaṁs+a), 接近，压破。upanighaṁsi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + ni + ghaṁsati¹] to rub up against, to crush (close) up to DhA.I,58. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanijjhāna: {'def': '【中】考虑，反映。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [upa + nijjhāna¹] meditation, reflection, consideration only in two phrases: ārammaṇa° & lakkhaṇa°, with ref. to jhāna J.V,251; DhA.I,230; III,276; VvA.38, 213. Cp. nijjhāyana. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】考虑，反省(meditation, reflection Miln 127; Vism 418)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanijjhāyana: {'def': '[for °nijjhāna] meditation, reflection Miln.127; Vism.418. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanijjhāyati: {'def': '(upa + ni + jha + ya), 沉思，反省。 upanijjhāyi, 【过】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+ni+jha+ya), 沉思，反省。upanijjhāyi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + nijjhāyati] to meditate upon, consider, look at, reflect on Vin.I,193 (“covet”); II 269; III, 118; D.I,20; A.IV,55; Miln.124; Vism.418. -- pp. upanijjhāyita (q. v.). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanijjhāyita: {'def': '[pp. of °nijjhāyati] considered, looked at, thought over or about Sn.p. 147 (= diṭṭha, ālokita SnA 508). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanikkhamati: {'def': '[upa + nikkhamati] to go out, to come out (up to somebody) Th.2, 37; 169; J III 244; Pv.I, 10¹ (aor. °nikkhami; imper. °nikkhamassu). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanikkhepa: {'def': '[fr. upa + nis + kṣip] “putting near”, depositing; -- 1. appl^d. to the course of memory, association of ideas Miln.78, 80; cp. °nikkhepana S.II,276. -- 2. deposit, pledge J.VI,192, 193 (= upajūta). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanikkhipana: {'def': '【中】 upanikkhepa, 【阳】放下，近存。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】upanikkhepa,【阳】放下，近存。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(nt.) [fr. °nikkhipati] putting down (near somebody), putting in the way, trap Vin.III,77. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanikkhipati: {'def': '(upa + ni + khip + a), 近存，贮存。 upanikkhipi, 【过】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+ni+khip抛+a), 近存，贮存。upanikkhipi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + n°] to deposit near, to lay up Vin.I,312; S.II,136 sq.; Miln.78, 80; Nett 21, 22; DA.I,125. -- pp. upanikkhitta (q. v.). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanikkhitta: {'def': '[upa + n°] laid down (secretly), placed by or on top S.V,457; J.VI,390; Miln.80. -- m. a spy J.VI,394 (°purisa). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Upanikkhipati的【过分】), 已置在旁边，已放下。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanikkhittaka: {'def': '[= prec.] a spy J VI 409 (°manussa), 431 (id.), 450 (id.). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanipajjati: {'def': '(upa近+ni+pad去+ya), 接近地躺下。upanipajji,【过】。upanipanna,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + ni + pad] to lie down close to or on top of (Acc.) Vism.269; J.V,231. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + ni + pad + ya), 接近地躺下。 upanipajji, 【过】。upanipanna, 【过分】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanisevana: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upanisevati] going close after, following J.V,399 [f. °ī.). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanisevati: {'def': '(upa近+ni+si眠﹑卧+a), 精密地结交。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + ni + si + a), 精密地结交。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + n°] to pursue, follow, go up after, cling to (acc) M.I,306. -- pp. upanisevita (q. v.). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanisevita: {'def': '[pp. of upanisevati] gone on to, furnished with, sticking or clinging to, full of J.V,302 (kakka°). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanissaya: {'def': '【阳】潜能，基础，有能力(证得圣位)。upanissayasampattiṁ﹐有潜能证得圣位。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】基础，支持，有能力（证得圣位）。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + ni°] basis, reliance, support, foundation, assurance, certainty; esp. sufficing condition or qualification for Arahantship (see long article in Childers s. v.); no 9 in the 24 paccayas, Tikapatthāṇa, Tikapaṭṭhāna I.1, a term only found in the Paṭṭhāna, the Jātaka & later exegetical literature J.I,78, 508; IV,96; VI,70; Nett 80; Vism.19 (°gocara), 535 (°paccaya); DhsA.315 (id.); DhA.II,33; VvA.98; PvA.38 (sotāpatti-phalassa), 55 (°sampatti); Sdhp.265, 320. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanissayati: {'def': '[upa + ni°] to depend or rely on (Acc.) Miln.240 (attānaṁ). -- ger. °nissāya (q. v.); -- pp. °nissita (q. v.). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+ni+si眠﹑卧+a), 精密地结交，仰赖。upanissayi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + ni + si + a), 精密地结交，仰赖。 upanissayi, 【过】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanissita: {'def': '[upa + ni°] dependent or relying on Sn.877; Nd¹ 283, Miln.245. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Upanissayati的【过分】) 已依赖，已依靠。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanissāya: {'def': '【独】仰赖，依靠。【副】靠近，附近。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【独】仰赖，依靠。【副】靠近，附近。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(adv.) [ger. of upanissayati, cp. nissayati in same use & meaning) near, close by (with Acc.); depending on, by means of (acc) M.II,3; S.II,269; Sn.867 (taṁ), 901 (tāpa°), 978, PvA.9 (Rājagahaṁ), 67 (id.); VvA.63 (Rājagaha-seṭṭhiṁ “with”). Cp. BSk. upaniśritya also a ger. formation, in same meaning, e. g. at Divy 54, 207, 505. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanisā: {'def': '【阴】因素，方法，相似物。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [if = Vedic upaniṣad, it would be fr. upa + ni + sad, but if, as is more likely, a contracted form of upanissaya, it would be fr. upa + ni + śri. The history of this word has yet to be written, cp. Kern, Toev. s. v. & Divy 530 svopaniṣad] -- 1. cause, means D.II,217, 259; M.III,71 (samādhiṁ sa-upanisaṁ); S.II,30--32 (S A. = kāraṇa, paccaya); V,25; A.I,198; III,20, 200 sq., 360; IV,99, 336, 351; V,4 sq., 313 sq.; Sn.322 (= upanissaya SnA 331); p. 140 (= kāraṇa, payojana SnA 503); Dh.75 (cp. DhA.II,102 aññā nibbānagāminī paṭipadā). ‹-› 2. likeness, counterfeit [= Sk. upaniṣad = aupamye Pāṇini I.4, 79] J.VI,470 (= paṭirūpaka C.). (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】因素，方法，相似物，所依。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanisīdati: {'def': '(upa近+ni+sad坐+a), 坐近(《奥义书》(Upanisad)的本意即是‘坐近’)。upanisīdi,【过】。upanisinna,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + ni + sad + a), 坐近。 upanisīdi, 【过】。 upanisinna, 【过分】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + nisīdati of sad] to sit close to or down by D.I,95; A.IV,10; J.II,347; Pv IV.1⁶³ (ger. °sajja = °sīditvā PvA.242); Vism.269. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanivattati: {'def': '[upa + n°] to return Sn.712; J.IV,417; V,126. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanti: {'def': '(adv.) [upa + anti] near, before, in presence of J.IV,337. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upantika: {'def': '(adj.) [upa + antika] nt. Acc. °ṁ near J.IV,337; V,58 (with Gen.); VI,418 (so read for °ā); Loc. °e near or quite near Pv.II,9¹⁵ (= samīpe gehassa PvA.120). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】近。【中】邻近。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】近。【中】邻近。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanāha: {'def': '【阳】恶意，敌意。 upanāhī, 【形】怀恶意的人，挑剔。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[fr. upa + nah, see upanayhati, same in BSk.; e. g. at M Vastu II.56.] ill-will, grudge, enmity M.I,15; A.I,91, 95, 299; IV,148, 349, 456; V,39, 41 sq., 209, 310; Pug.18 = Vbh.357 (pubbakālaṁ kodho aparakālaṁ upanāho Miln.289. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹upa + nah, see upanayhati, same in BSk),【阳】恶意，敌意。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanāhin: {'def': '(adj.-n.) [fr. upanāha] one who bears ill-will, grudging, grumbling, finding fault Vin.II,89; M.I,95; D.III,45; S.II,206; IV,241; A.III,260, 334; V,123, 156; Sn.116; Th.1, 502; J.III,260 (kodhana +); Pug.18; Vbh.357. -- Opp. an° not being angry (Loc.) D.III,47; S.II, 207; IV,244; A.V,124 sq.; J.IV,463. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanāhī: {'def': '【形】怀恶意的人，挑剔，报复。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanāmeti: {'def': '(upa近+nam+e), 带近来，提供。upanāmesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Caus. of upanamati] 1. to bend over to, to place against or close to, to approach, bring near D.II,134; S.I,207; Th.1, 1055; Sn.p. 48 (= attano kāyaṁ Bhagavato upanāmeti); J.I,62; V,215; SnA 151. -- 2. to offer, to present J.IV,386; II,5; Miln.210, 373; PvA.274. -- pp. upanāmita (q. v.). [cp. BSk. upanāmayati to hand over Divy 13, 14, 22]. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + nam + e), 带近来，提供。~esi, 【过】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upanāmita: {'def': '(Upanāmeti的【过分】) 带近来，提供。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of upanāmeti] brought up to, placed against D.II,134. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanāyika: {'def': '【形】接近的，运送的。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(-°) (adj.) [fr. upa + nī] -- 1. referring to, belonging to in cpd. att° ref. to oneself Vin.III,91; Vism.27. -- 2. beginning, in phrase vass’ûpanāyikā (f.) the approach of the rainy season, period for entering on Lent (cp. BSk. varṣopanāyikā Divy 18, 489 & see also upakaṭṭha and vassa) Vin.I,253; A.I,51 (divided into 2 parts, first & second, or purimikā & pacchimikā); J.III,332; DA.I,8; DhA.I,203; III,438; VvA.44; PvA.42. (Page 143)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】接近的，运送的。attupanāyiko dhammapariyāyo﹐自通之法(即以己度(ㄉㄨㄛˋ测量)他情。S.55.7./V,353.)。Dvemātikāpāḷi(CS:p.124.)︰Attupanāyikanti attani taṁ upaneti “mayi atthī”ti samudācaranto, attānaṁ vā tattha upaneti “ahaṁ ettha sandissāmī”ti samudācarantoti attupanāyiko, taṁ attupanāyikaṁ.(自通之法：以自己的呈现这样--在心里出现“以我的立场”，自己设身处地呈现“以自己在此同意”在心上自通。)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanīla: {'def': '(adj.) [upa + nīla] somewhat dark-blue J.V,168. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanīta: {'def': '(upaneti 的【过分】), 已提出（诉讼），已引出，已提供。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of upaneti] 1. brought up to or into (mostly --°) Th.2, 498; Sn.677 (niraye), 774 (dukkha°), 898 (bhava°); J.III,45 (thūṇa°); IV,271 (dukkh°); Nd¹ 38; Dh.237 (°yaya = atikkantavayo DhA.III,337, advanced in age); Pv IV.1¹⁰ (dukkha° made to suffer). an° Sn.846. -- 2. offered, presented J.I,88; PvA.274, 286. ‹-› 3. brought to conclusion, brought to an end (of life) J.V,375 (= maraṇa-santikaṁ u. C.). -- 4. bringing up (for trial), charging M.I,251 (vacanapatha, cp. upanīya). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upaneti 的【过分】), 已提出(诉讼)，已引出，已提供。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upanīya: {'def': '(upaneti 的【独】), 带近来了，责难。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upaneti 的【独】), 带近来了，责难。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(°īyya, °eyya) [ger. of upaneti] “bringing up” (for trial), charging, accusing D.I,107 (vadati, cp. DA.I,276); A.I,172 (°vācā); cp. upanīta 3. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upanīyati: {'def': '(Upaneti的【被】), 被引出，被运〔搬，带〕走。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upapacciyati: {'def': 'see uppaccati. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapajjati: {'def': '[doubtful whether a legitimate form as upa + pad or a diaeretic form of uppajjati = ud + pad. In this case all passages ought to go under the latter. Trenckner however (Notes 77) defends upa° & considers in many cases upp° a substitution for upa. The diaeresis may be due to metre, as nearly all forms are found in poetry. The v. l. upp° is apparently frequent; but it is almost impossible to distinguish between upap° and upp° in the Sinhalese writing, and either the scribe or the reader may mistake one for the other] to get to, be reborn in (Acc.); to originate, rise Vin.III,20 (nirayaṁ); A.III,415; V,292 sq.; Sn.584; It.13 (nirayaṁ), 14 (sugatiṁ; v. l. upp°), 67 (saggaṁ lokaṁ; v. l. upp°); 43 = Dh.307 (nirayaṁ); Dh.126, 140; Pv.I,10⁷ (v.l. BB. udapajjatha = uppajja PvA.50); Pug.16, 51, 60; Nett 37, 99, cp. Kvu 611 sq. ‹-› pp. upapannā (q. v.). -- Caus. upapādeti & pp. upapādita (q. v.). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + pad + ya), 投胎在，升起。 upapajji, 【过】。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa+pad去﹑行+ya), 显现，往生，投胎。upapajji,【过】。upapajjeyya﹐【祈】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upapanna: {'def': '(upapajjati 的【过分】), 已持有，已形成，已再生。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of upapajjati] -- 1. (-°) possessed of, having attained, being furnished with Sn.68 (thāma-bala), 212, 322, 1077 (ñāṇa°, cp. Nd² 266^b and uppanna-ñāṇa). ‹-› 2. reborn, come to existence in (with Acc.) S.I,35 (Avihaṁ, expl^d. by C. not quite to the point as “nipphattivasena upagata”, i. e. gone to A, on account of their perfection. Should we read uppanna?) A.V,68. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upapajjati 的【过分】), 已持有，已形成，已再生。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upaparikkhana: {'def': '【中】upaparikkhā,【阴】调查，考试。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】 upaparikkhā, 【阴】调查，考试。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upaparikkhati: {'def': '(upa近+ pari遍+ikkh(梵īks)见+a), 调查。upaparikkhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + pari + īkṣ; cp. BSk. upaparīkṣate Divy 5, 230] to investigate, ascertain, test, examine M.I,133, 292, 443; S.II,216; III,42, 140; IV,174; J.I,489; II,400; V,235; Miln.91, 293; Dāvs.V,27; Sdhp.539; PvA.60 (paññāya u. = ñatvā), 140 (= viceyya). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa + pari + ikkh + a), 调查。 upaparikkhi, 【过】。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upaparikkhaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) = upaparikkhā VvA.232. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaparikkhin: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upaparikkhati] investigating, reflecting, testing S.III,61; A.IV,221 sq., 296, 328. Cp. BSk. upaparīkṣaka Divy 212. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaparikkhā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. upaparikkhati, cp. BSk. upaparīkṣā Divy 3 etc.] investigation, examination Vin.III,314; M.II,175 (attha°); A.III,381 sq.; IV,221; V,126; Dhs.16, 20, 292; Pug.25; Nett 8, 42; DA.I,171. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapatti: {'def': '[fr. upa + pad, cp. uppatti] -- 1. birth, rebirth, (lit. attainment) M.I,82; S.III,53; IV,398; A.V,289 sq.; Sn.139, 643, 836; Dh.419 (sattānaṁ); in var. specifications as: deva° rebirth among gods PvA.6, 81; devaloka° A.I,115; kāma° existence in the sensuous universe D.III,218; It.94; arūpa° in the formless spheres Vbh.172, 267, 296; rūpa°, in the world of form Vbh.171 sq., 263 sq.; 299; niraya° in Purgatory PvA.53. ‹-› 2. occasion, opportunity (lit. “coming to”); object for, in dāna° objects suitable for gifts A.IV,239 (where 8 enum^d., see dāna).

--deva a god by birth (or rebirth) VvA.18; also given as uppatti-deva, e. g. at KhA 123. See detail under deva. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(‹upa+pad, cp.uppatti),【阴】生(birth)，再生(rebirth﹐lit.attainment)。2.时机(occasion)，机会(opportunity﹐lit.coming to)。Deva-upapatti﹐再生於天人之间(rebirth among gods)。Upapatti-deva﹐天人再生(a god by birth)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】生，再生，走进。(p73)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upapattika: {'def': '(-°) (adj.) [fr. upapatti] belonging to a birth or rebirth; in peta° born as a Peta PvA.119. -- Cp. upapātika. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapisana: {'def': '[upa + piṣ] grinding, powder, in añjan° powdered ointment (for the eyes) Vin.I,203; II,112. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upaplavati: {'def': '[upa + plavati, cp. uppilavati] to swim or float to (Acc.), in uncertain reading as aor. upaplaviṁ at Sn.1145 (dīpā dīpaṁ upaplaviṁ floatcd from land to land; vv. ll. at SnA 606 uppalaviṁ & upallaviṁ; all MSS. of Nd² p. 54 & no. 160 write upallaviṁ). Perhaps we should better read uppalaviṁ (or upallaviṁ) as diaeretic form for *upplaviṁ, aor. of uppilavati (or uplavati), q. v. Expl^d. at Nd² 160 by samupallaviṁ. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapphusati: {'def': '[upa + phusati, of spṛś] to touch; aor. upapphusi J.V,417, 420. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapurohita: {'def': '[upa + purohita, see upa 5] a minor or assistant priest J.IV,304. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapādeti: {'def': '[Caus. of upapajjati] to execute, perform J.V,346. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapādita: {'def': '[pp. of upapādeti, Caus. of upapajjati] accomplished J.II,236. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapāramī: {'def': '【阴】较小的完美。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】较小的完美。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [upa + pāramī, cp. upa 5] minor perfection Bu I.77 (opp. paramattha-pāramī); DhA.I,84. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapāta: {'def': '= upapatti [but der. fr. pat (cp. uppāda¹ = ud + pat but uppāda² = ud + pad) with the meaning of the casual & unusual] rebirth Vin.III,4; S.IV,59 (cut°); Pug.50. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapātika: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upapāta but evidently mixed with uppāda¹ and uppāda², cp. upapajjati, upapatti & BSk. upapāduka Av. S.II,94, 95; Divy 523] = opapātika i. e. rebirth without parents, as a deva DA. on D.III,107; ThA.207. (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapīla: {'def': 'at D.I,135 read uppīḷa (q. v.). (Page 144)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upapīḷaka: {'def': '【形】压迫的，妨碍的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】压迫的，妨碍的。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upapīḷakakamma: {'def': '﹐阻碍业，此业不能产生结生之业，但能够阻碍、缩短令生业(janakakamma)的善或恶报。它导致原本能投生到高等善趣或家庭的令生业，变成只投生到较低等的善趣或家庭；长命变短命；美貌变丑貌。反之，能投生大地狱的不善令生业，变成投生小地狱。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upapīḷeti: {'def': '参考 pīḷeti。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+pīḷ+e), 压迫，压破，折磨，使屈服。【过】(upapīḷesi。【过分】upa pīḷita。【独】upapīḷetvā。参考 pīḷeti。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upapīḷā: {'def': '【阴】压抑，阻塞。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】压抑，阻塞。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uparacita: {'def': '[pp. of upa + rac] formed ThA.211; Sdhp.616. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparajja: {'def': '【中】副王之位。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(nt.) [upa + rajja, cp. uparaja] viceroyalty A.III,154 (v. l. opa°); J.I,511; IV,176; DA.I,134. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】副王之位(viceroyalty)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uparamati: {'def': '[upa + ram] to cease, desist, to be quiet J.III, 489; V,391 (v. l. for upāramati, also in C.); Miln.152. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+ram+a), 终止，停止，抑制。uparami,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + ram + a), 终止，停止，抑制。 uparami, 【过】。 Uparāja, 【阳】副王。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uparamā: {'def': '(f.) [cp. lit. Sk. uparama, to uparamati] cessation Miln.41, 44 (an°). (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparata: {'def': '(Uparamati 的【过分】), 已终止，已戒除，已停止。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of uparamati] having ceased, desisting from (-°), restraining oneself (cp. orata) Vin.I,245 (ratt-ûparata abstaining from food at night = ratti-bhojanato uparata DA.I,77); D.I,5 (id.); M.I,319 (bhaya°); Sn.914 (= virata etc. Nd¹ 337); Miln.96, 307; DhsA.403 (vihiṁs°). (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(uparamati 的【过分】), 已终止，已戒除，已停止。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Uparati: {'def': '(f.) [fr. upa + ram] ceasing, resting; cessation M.I,10; S.IV,104; Miln.274. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【阴】 uparamana, 【中】停止，抑制。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】uparamana,【中】停止，抑制。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uparava: {'def': '[fr. upa + ru] noise J.II,2. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upari: {'def': '(indecl.) [Vedic upari, der. fr. upa, Idg. *uper(i); Gr. uper, Lat. s-uper; Goth. ufar, Ohg. ubir = Ger. über E. over; Oir. for] over, above (prep. & prefix) 1. (adv.) on top, above (opp. adho below) Vin.IV,46 (opp. heṭṭhā); J.VI,432; KhA 248 (= uddhaṁ; opp. adho); SnA 392 (abtimukho u. gacchati explaining paccuggacchati of Sn.442); PvA.11 (heṭṭhā manussa-saṇṭhānaṁ upari sūkara-s°), 47 (upari chattaṁ dhāriyamāna), 145 (sabbattha upari upon everything). -- 2. (prep. w. gen) with ref. either to space = on top of, on, upon, as in kassa upari sāpo patissati on whom shall the curse fall? DhA I 41; attano u. patati falls upon himself PvA.45; etissā upari kodho anger on her, i. e. against her VvA.68; or to time = on top of, after, later, as in catunnaṁ māsānaṁ upari after 4 months PvA.52 (= uddhaṁ catūhi māsehi of Pv.I,10¹²); sattannaṁ vassa-satānaṁ upari after 700 years PvA.144. ‹-› 3. (adv. in comp^n., meaning “upper, higher, on the upper or top side”, or “on top of”, if the phrase is in Loc. case. See below.

--cara walking in the air, suspended, flying J.III,454. --pāsāda the upper story of a palace, Loc. on the terrace D.I,112 (Loc.); PvA.105, 279. --piṭṭhi top side, platform Vin II 207 (loc). --bhaddaka N. of a tree [either Sk. bhadraka Pinus Deodara, or bhadra Nauclea Cadamba, after Kern, Toev. s. v.] J.VI,269. --bhāga the upper part; used in Instr., loc or aor. in sense of “above, over, beyond” J.IV,232 (Instr.). --bhāva higher state or condition M.I,45 (opp. adh°). --mukha face upwards DA.I,228; Pug.A 214. --vasana upper garment PvA.49. --vāta higher than the wind, Loc. on the wind J.II,11; or in °passe (Loc.) on the upper (wind-) side DhA.II,17. --visāla extended on top, i. e. of great width, very wide J.III,207. --vehāsa high in the air (°-), in °kuṭī a lofty or open air chamber, or a room in the upper story of the Vihāra Vin.IV,46 (what the C. means by expl^n. majjhimassa purisassa asīsa-ghaṭṭā “not knocking against the head of a middle-(sized) man” is not quite clear). --sacca higher truth PvA.66 (so read for upari sacca). (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【无】上面，在，在…之上，上部的。 ~ṭṭha, 【形】最高的，位于上面的。 ~pāsāda, 【阳】宫殿的上层楼。 ~bhāga, 【阳】上部分。 ~mukha,【形】面向上。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【无】上面，在，在…之上，上部的。upariṭṭha,【形】最高的，位於上面的。uparipāsāda,【阳】宫殿的上层楼。uparibhāga,【阳】上部分。uparimukha,【形】面向上。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uparima: {'def': '(adj.) [upari + ma, superl. formation] uppermost, above, overhead D.III,189 (disā); Nett 88. Cp. upariṭṭhima. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【形】最上的。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】最上的。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upariya: {'def': '(adv.) [fr. upari] above, on top, in compd. heṭṭh° below and above Vism.1. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upariṭṭha: {'def': '(adj.) [superl. formation fr. upari in analogy to seṭṭha] highest, topmost, most excellent Th.1, 910. Cp. next. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upariṭṭhima: {'def': '(adj) [double-superl. formation after analogy of seṭṭha, pacchima & heṭṭhima: heṭṭhā] = upariṭṭha & uparima Dhs.1016, 1300, 1401; Pug.16, 17 (sañyojanāni = uddhaṁbhāgiya-sañyojanāni Pug.A 198). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparocati: {'def': '[upa + ruc] to please (intrs.) J vI.64. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparodati: {'def': '[upa + rud] 1. to lament J.VI,551 (fut °rucchati) -- 2. to sing in a whining tone J.V,304. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparodha: {'def': '[fr. upa + rudh] obstacle; breaking up, destruction, end J.III,210, 252; Pv IV.1⁵; Miln.245, 313. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparodhana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + rudh] breaking up, destruction Sn.732, 761. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparodheti: {'def': '[Caus of uparundhati] to cause to break up; to hinder, stop; destroy Vin.III,73. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparopa: {'def': '[upa + ropa, cp. upa 5] “little plant”, sapling Vin.II,154. See also next. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparopaka: {'def': '= uparopa, sapling J.II,345; IV,359. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparuddha: {'def': '[pp. of uparujjhati] stopped, ceased Miln.151 (°jīvita). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparujjhati: {'def': '(upa + rudh + ya), 被停止。 uparujjhi, 【过】。 uparuddha, 【过分】。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+rudh成长+ya) ( uparundhati‘停止’的【被】),被停止，被破灭。uparujjhi,【过】。uparuddha,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[Sk. uparudhyate, Pass. of uparundhati] to be stopped, broken, annihilated, destroyed D.I,223; Th.1, 145; It.106; Sn.724, 1036, 1110; Nd² 159 (= nirujjhati vūpasammati atthaṅgacchati); Miln.151; Sdhp.280. ‹-› pp. uparuddha. (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparundhati: {'def': '(upa + rudh + ŋ-a), 控制，停止，阻碍。 uparundhi, 【过】。uparuddha, 【过分】。(p74)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+rudh+ṁ-a), 控制，停止，阻碍。uparundhi,【过】。uparuddha,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[upa + rudh] to break up, hinder, stop, keep in check M.I,243; J.I,358; Th.1, 143, 1117; Sn.118, 916 (pot. uparundhe, but uparuddhe Nd¹ 346 = uparuddheyya etc.); Miln.151, 245, 313. -- ger. uparundhiya Th.1, 525; Sn.751; aor. uparundhi J.IV,133; PvA.271. -- Pass. uparujjhati (q. v.). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparāja: {'def': '【阳】副王。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Uparājā: {'def': '[upa + rājā; see upa 5] a secondary or deputy king, a viceroy J.I,504; II,316; DhA.I,392. (Page 145)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Uparūḷha: {'def': '[upa + rūḷha, pp. of ruh] grown again, recovered J.IV,408 (cakkhu). (Page 146)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasagga: {'def': '[Sk upasarga, of upa + sṛj] -- 1. attack, trouble, danger Vin.I,33; A.I,101; Th.2, 353; Dh.139 (where spelt upassaga, cp. DhA.III,70); Miln.418. -- 2. (tt. g.) prefix, preposition J.II,67 (saṁ), 126 (apa); III,121 (ni, pa); DA.I,245 (adhi); KhA 101 (sa° and an°); PvA.88 (atthe nipāto a particle put in metri causa, expl^n. of handa); DhsA.163, 405. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': 'upassagga, (Sk upasarga, of upa + srj),【阳】1.攻击，麻烦，危险(attack, trouble, danger)。2.字首(prefix, preposition)。3.倾注(pouring upon)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 1. 危险。 2. 前缀。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasama: {'def': '[Sk. upaśama, upa + śam] calm, quiet, appeasement, allaying, assuagement, tranquillizing Vin I 10 = S.IV,331 = V.421 (in freq. phrase upasamāya abhiññāya sambodhāya nibbānāya saṁvattati; see nibbāna III,7); D.I,50; III,130 sq., 136 sq., 229 (as one of the 4 objects of adhiṭṭhāna, viz. paññā° sacca° cāga° upasama°); M.I,67; III,246; S.I,30, 34 (sīlena), 46 citta-v-ûpasama), 48, 55; II,223, 277; III,86 (saṅkhārānaṁ . . . v-ūpasamo) D.II,157; S.I,158 (see vūpasama and saṅkhāra); (ariyaṁ maggaṁ dukkh°-gāminaṁ); IV,62, 331; V,65 (avūpasama), 179, 234 (°gāmin), 378 sq.; A.I,3 (avūpasama), 30, 42; II,14 (vitakk°); III,325 sq.; V,216, 238 sq.; Sn.257, 724, 735, 737; It.18 (dukkh°) 83; Dh.205; Nd¹ 351; J.I,97; Ps.I,95; Miln.170, 248; Vism.197 (°ânussati); Sdhp.587. Cp. vi° (vū°). (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(Sk. upawama, upa近 + sam (梵wam)平息、安静),【阳】upasamana,【中】镇静，止息(calm, quiet, appeasement, allaying, assuagement, tranquillizing)。upasamena samannāgata﹐寂止具足(成就心之寂静)。《长阿含经》译：止观具足、止观成就。upasamānussati, 寂止随念(随念涅盘之德)。Vism.294︰「如是依骄的粉碎等德而作寂止随念(的瑜伽)者，那时则无为欲所缠之心，无瞋(所缠之心)，无痴所缠之心。然而那时他的心却成正直等。关於寂止亦如於佛随念等所说的同样方法在镇伏五盖的刹那生起了诸禅支。因为寂止之德甚深，或因他倾心随念种种德，故不达安止定，仅得近行之禅。因彼(近行禅)是由於随念寂止之德而生起，故称为寂止随念。」《解脱道论》(T32.434c)︰「云何修彼者，初坐禅人入寂寂坐，摄一切心不起乱心。如彼比丘诸根寂寂，心寂寂，乐一处寂寂，以相应住。彼比丘以身口意，若见若闻，以寂寂念，以寂寂功德。」《增壹阿含3.7经》(T2.556a)︰「所谓休息者，心意想息，志性详谛，亦无卒暴，恒专一心，意乐闲居，常求方便入三昧定，常念不贪、胜光上达。如是，诸比丘！名曰念休息，便得具足，成大果报，诸善普至，得甘露味，至无为处，便成神通，除诸乱想，获沙门果，自致涅盘。」', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阳】 upasamana, 【中】镇静，缓和。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasamapadā: {'def': '【阴】获得，具足戒。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【阴】获得，具足戒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasamati: {'def': '[upa + śam in trs. meaning for usual sammati in intrs. meaning] to appease, calm, allay, assuage Sn.919; Th.1, 50 (pot. upasame = upasameyya nibbāpeyya Nd¹ 352). -- pp. upasanta q. v.). (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasameti: {'def': '(upa + sam + e), 缓和，平静。 upasamesi, 【过】。 upasamita, 【过分】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(upa近+sam+e), 缓和，平静。upasamesi,【过】。upasamita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasammati: {'def': '(upa近+sam+ya)(被动动词), 镇定，停息，安静，被…所制服(直译)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + sam + ya), 镇定，停息，安静。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[Sk. upasamyati, upa + śam in intrs. function] to grow calm, to cease, to be settled or composed, to be appeased S.I,62, 221; Dh.100 sq. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasampadā: {'def': '具足;受戒;受具足戒', 'xr': '《巴利文-汉文佛学名相辞汇》翻译:张文明居士'}; {'def': '(f.) [fr. upa + saṁ + pad] -- 1. taking, acquiring; obtaining, taking upon oneself, undertaking D.II,49; M.I,93; A.III,65; Dh.183 (cp. DhA.III,236); Nett 44 (kusalassa). -- 2. (in special sense) taking up the bhikkhuship, higher ordination, admission to the privileges of recognized bhikkhus [cp. BSk. upasampad & °padā Divy 21, 281 etc.] Vin.I,12, 20, 95, 146 and passim; III,15; IV,52; D.I,176, 177, 202; S.I,161; A.IV,276 sq. & passim; DhA.II,61 (pabbajjā +); PvA.54 (laddh° one who has received ordination), 179 (id.). (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasampajja: {'def': '(Upasampajjati的【独】) 达到，开始，受具足戒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasampajjati: {'def': '[upa + sampajjati] to attain, enter on, acquire, take upon oneself usually in ger. upasampajja M.I,89; S.III,8; A.IV,13; V,69; Dhs.160 (see DhsA.167); DA.I,313; SnA 158. -- pp. upasampanna (q. v.). (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+saṁ+pad去+ya), 达到，开始，受具足戒。upasampajji,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + saŋ + pad + ya), 达到，开始，受具足戒。 upasampajji,【过】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasampanna: {'def': '【过分】已持有，已达到，已受戒。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】已持有，已达到，已受戒。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of upasampajjati] obtained, got, received; in special sense of having attained the recognition of bhikkhuship, ordained [cp. BSk. upasampanna Divy 281] S.I,161; A.V,70; Vin.III,24; IV,52, 130; Miln.13. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasamphassati: {'def': '[upa + sam + spṛś] to embrace J.V,297. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasampādeti: {'def': '(upasampajjati 的【使】), 生产，受比丘戒。 upasampādesi,【过】。 upasampādita, 【过分】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[denom. fr. upasampadā] 1. to attain to, obtain, produce DhsA.167 (= nipphādeti). -- 2. to admit to bhikkhuship, to ordain Vin.IV,130, 226, 317 (= vutṭhāpeti); grd. °etabba Vin.I,64 sq.; IV,48; A.V,72. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upasampajjati 的【使】), 生产，受比丘戒。upasampādesi,【过】。upasampādita,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasamāna: {'def': '(nt.) = upasama Th.1, 421; Sdhp.335 (dukkh°). (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasanta: {'def': '(upa近 + wam平息、安静, upasammati 的【过分】), 已镇定，已沉著，已安静。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '[pp. of upa + śam, cp. upasammati] calmed, composed, tranquil, at peace M.I,125; S.I,83, 162; A.III,394; Sn.848, 919, 1087, 1099; Nd¹ 210, 352, 434; Nd² 161; Dh.201, 378; Miln.394; DhA.III,260; IV,114; PvA.132 (= santa). (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upasammati 的【过分】), 已镇定，已沉着，已安静。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasavyāna: {'def': '(nt.?) [?] “a robe worn over the left shoulder” (Hardy, Index to ed.) VvA.166 (v. l. upavasavya). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '偏袒右肩(“a robe worn over the left shoulder” (Hardy, Index to ed.) VvA.166 (v. l. upavasavya).)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasaŋharati: {'def': '(upa + saŋ + har + a), 收集，集中，比较。 upasaŋhari, 【过】。 upasaŋhaṭa, 【过分】。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasaŋharaṇa: {'def': '【中】 upasaŋhāra, 【阳】 1. 聚集，折叠的。 2. 比较。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasaṁharati: {'def': '[upa + saṁ + hṛ] -- 1. to collect, bring together, heap up, gather Miln.132. -- 2. to dispose, arrange, concentrate, collect, focus Vin.IV,220 (kāyaṁ); M.I,436 (cittaṁ), 468 (cittaṁ tathattāya); S.V,213 sq. (id.); DhsA.309 (cakkhuṁ). -- 3. to take hold of, take care of, provide, serve, look after Miln.232. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+saṁ+har拿+a), 收集，集中，比较，把...联想在一起。upasaṁhari,【过】。upasaṁhaṭa,【过分】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasaṁharaṇa: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upasaṁharati] drawing together, bringing up to, comparison Vism.232 sq.; J.V,186. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】upasaṁhāra,【阳】1.聚集，折叠的。2.比较。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasaṁhita: {'def': '(adj.) [pp. of upa + saṁ + dhā] accompanied by, furnished or connected with (-°) D.I,152; M.I,37, 119 (chand°); S.II,220 (kusal°); IV,60 (kām°), 79 (id.); Sn.341 (rāg°), 1132 (giraṁ vaṇṇ° = vaṇṇena upetaṁ Nd²); Th.1, 970; J.I,6; II,134, 172; V,361. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(pp. of upa + saṁ + dhā),【形】伴随(accompanied by, furnished or connected with)。kusalūpasaṁhita﹐伴随善法。atthūpasaṁhitaṁ dhammūpasaṁhitaṁ﹐伴随义理、伴随法。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasaṁhāra: {'def': '[fr. upa + saṁ + hṛ] taking hold of, taking up, possession, in devat° being seized or possessed by a god Miln.298. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasaṁvasati: {'def': '[upa + saṁ + vas] to live with somebody, to associate with (Acc.) J.I,152. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasaṅkamana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upasaṅkamati] going near, approach M.II,176; S.V,67 = It.107; PvA.232. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】靠近。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】靠近。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasaṅkamati: {'def': '(upa + saŋ + kam + a), 靠近。 ~kami, 【过】。 upasaṅkanta, 【过分】。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + saṁ + kram, cp. BSk. upasaṅkramati Av. S. I.209] -- 1. to go up to (with Acc.), to approach, come near; freq. in stock phrase “yena (Pokkharasādissa parivesanā) ten’upasaṅkami, upasaṅkamitvā paññatte āsane nisīdi’’, e. g. Vin.I,270; D.I,109; II,1, and passim. -- aor. °saṅkami Pv. II.2¹⁰; SnA 130, 140; KhA 116; PvA.88; ger. °saṅkamitvā SnA 140; PvA.6, 12, 19, 20, 88; °saṅkamma Sn.166, 418, 460, 980, 986; inf. °saṅkamituṁ PvA.79. --. 2. to attend on (as a physician), to treat Miln.169, 233, 353; DA.I,7. (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(BSk.upasaṅkramati) (upa近+saṁ+kam(梵kram)超越+a), 1.靠近、往诣、拜访(to approach, come near, to go up to (with Acc.); freq. in stock phrase)。upasaṅkami,【过】。upasaṅkanta,【过分】upasaṅkamitvā, upasaṅkamma,【独】。upasaṅkamituṁ,【不】。句型：『yena + 对象A (Nom.) + tena + upasaṅkamati』为「往诣结构」表「往诣A (某人或某处)」。2. to attend on (as a physician), to treat。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasaṅkamma: {'def': 'upasaṅkamitvā, 【独】靠近了。(p75)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasaṅkheyya: {'def': '(adj.) [grd of upa + saṅkharoti] to be prepared, produced or contracted Sn.849 (= °saṅkhātabba SnA 549; cp. Nd¹ 213). (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasaṇṭhapanā: {'def': '(f.) [fr. upa + sanṭḥapeti] stopping, causing to cease, settling Pug.18 (see also an°). (Page 147)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasecana: {'def': '(nt.) [fr. upa + sic] sprinkling over, i. e. sauce Th.1, 842; J.II,422; III,144; IV,371 (maṁs°); VI,24. See also nandi° & maṁsa°. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '【中】(为美味而)撒(某物)於(食物)。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【中】（为美味而）撒（某物）于（食物）。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upaseniyā: {'def': '(f.) [Sk. upa + either śayanika of śayana, or sayaniya of śī] (a girl) who likes to be always near (her mother), a pet, darling, fondling J.VI,64 (=mātaraṁ upagantvā sayanika C.). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasevanā: {'def': '【阴】练习，发生次数，交往。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【阴】练习，发生次数，交往。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '(f.) [abstr. fr. upasevati] serving, pursuing, following, service, honouring, pursuit S.III,53 = Nd¹ 25 = Nd² 570 (nand° pleasure-seeking); It.68 (bāl° & dhīr°); Sn.249 (utu° observance of the seasons); Miln.351. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasevati: {'def': '[upa + sev] -- 1. to practice, frequent, pursue Miln.355. -- 2. to serve, honour, Sn.318 (°amāna). ‹-› pp. upasevita (q. v.). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}; {'def': '(upa近+sev(梵sev)联合+a), 练习，经常出入，交往。upasevi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + sev + a), 练习，经常出入，交往。 upasevi, 【过】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasevin: {'def': '(adj.) (-°) [fr. upasevati] pursuing, following, going after A.III,136 (vyatta°); Miln.264 (rāj°); DhA.III,482 (para-dār°). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasevita: {'def': '【过分】upasevati。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【过分】 upasevati。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[pp. of upasevati] visited, frequented PvA.147 (for sevita). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasevī: {'def': '【形】交往者，使用，练习。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '【形】交往者，使用，练习。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

Upasiṁsaka: {'def': '(adj.). [fr. upa + siṁsati = śaṁs, cp. āsiṁsaka] striving after, longing or wishing for Miln.393 (āhār°; Morris J P T S. 1884, 75 proposes reading upasiṅghaka). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasiṅghaka: {'def': '(adj.) [fr. upa + siṅgh] sniffing after J.II,339; III,144; Miln.393 (? see upasiṁsaka). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasiṅghana: {'def': '【中】嗅。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '【中】嗅。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}

Upasiṅghati: {'def': '(upa近+siṅgh+a), 嗅。upasiṅghi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + siṅgh + a), 嗅。 upasiṅghi, 【过】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + siṅgh] -- 1. to sniff at S.I,204 (padumaṁ); I,455; J.II,339, 408; VI,336. -- 2. to sniff up Vin.I,279. -- Caus. āyati to touch gently KhA 136. Caus. II. apeti to touch lightly, to stroke J.IV,407. (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasiṅghita: {'def': '[pp. of upasiṅghati] scented, smelled at (Loc.) J.VI,543 (sisaṁhi, C. for upagghata). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasobhati: {'def': '(upa近+subh(梵wubh / wumbh)使漂亮+a), 显得很美丽。upasobhi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upa + subh + a), 显得很美丽。 upasobhi, 【过】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}; {'def': '[upa + śubh] to appear beautiful, to shine forth Th.1, 1080. -- Caus.°sobheti to make beautiful, embellish, adorn Vv 52⁶; J.V,132; PvA.153. -- pp. upasobhita (q. v.). (Page 148)', 'xr': "《PTS Pali-English dictionary》 The Pali Text Society's Pali-English dictionary"}

Upasobheti: {'def': '(upasobhati 的【使】), 美化。upasobhesi,【过】。', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》明法尊者增订'}; {'def': '(upasobhati 的【使】), 美化。 ~esi, 【过】。(p76)', 'xr': '《巴汉词典》 Mahāñāṇo Bhikkhu编著'}

【經文資訊】
【原始資料】原始资料皆来自网络
【其他事項】本資料庫可自由免費流通，詳細內容請參閱【中華電子佛典協會資料庫版權宣告】